1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
4 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
5 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
7 This file is part of GCC.
9 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
10 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
11 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
14 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
15 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
16 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
21 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
24 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
25 out locations for types and decls.
26 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
27 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
29 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
30 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
31 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
32 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
35 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
37 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
38 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
39 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
40 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
41 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
43 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
44 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
46 CIE = Common Information Entry
47 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
49 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
51 FDE = Frame Description Entry
52 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
53 how to restore registers
55 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
56 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
60 #include "coretypes.h"
66 #include "double-int.h"
74 #include "fold-const.h"
75 #include "stringpool.h"
76 #include "stor-layout.h"
79 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
82 #include "hash-table.h"
87 #include "insn-config.h"
90 #include "statistics.h"
91 #include "fixed-value.h"
100 #include "dwarf2out.h"
101 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
105 #include "diagnostic.h"
106 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
109 #include "common/common-target.h"
110 #include "langhooks.h"
111 #include "hash-map.h"
113 #include "plugin-api.h"
118 #include "dumpfile.h"
120 #include "tree-dfa.h"
121 #include "gdb/gdb-index.h"
122 #include "rtl-iter.h"
124 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
125 static rtx_insn
*last_var_location_insn
;
126 static rtx_insn
*cached_next_real_insn
;
127 static void dwarf2out_decl (tree
);
129 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
130 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
132 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
133 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
134 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
135 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
136 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
137 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
138 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
139 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
141 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
142 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
145 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
146 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
147 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
148 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
149 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
150 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
153 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
155 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
158 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
159 must be kept around forever. */
160 static GTY(()) vec
<rtx
, va_gc
> *used_rtx_array
;
162 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
163 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
164 vec<tree, va_gc> *because we want to tell the garbage collector about
166 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *incomplete_types
;
168 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
169 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
170 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
171 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
172 define type declaration DIE's. */
173 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *decl_scope_table
;
175 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
176 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
177 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_info_section
;
178 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
179 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
;
180 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
181 static GTY(()) section
*debug_addr_section
;
182 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
183 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
184 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_line_section
;
185 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
186 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
187 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
188 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
189 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_dwo_section
;
190 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_offsets_section
;
191 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
192 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
194 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
195 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
197 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
198 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
199 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
202 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
203 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
205 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
206 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
209 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
210 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
211 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
213 /* CIE identifier. */
214 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
215 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
216 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
218 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
222 /* A vector for a table that contains frame description
223 information for each routine. */
224 #define NOT_INDEXED (-1U)
225 #define NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED (-2U)
227 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_fde_ref
, va_gc
> *fde_vec
;
229 struct GTY((for_user
)) indirect_string_node
{
231 unsigned int refcount
;
232 enum dwarf_form form
;
237 struct indirect_string_hasher
: ggc_hasher
<indirect_string_node
*>
239 typedef const char *compare_type
;
241 static hashval_t
hash (indirect_string_node
*);
242 static bool equal (indirect_string_node
*, const char *);
245 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *debug_str_hash
;
247 /* With split_debug_info, both the comp_dir and dwo_name go in the
248 main object file, rather than the dwo, similar to the force_direct
249 parameter elsewhere but with additional complications:
251 1) The string is needed in both the main object file and the dwo.
252 That is, the comp_dir and dwo_name will appear in both places.
254 2) Strings can use three forms: DW_FORM_string, DW_FORM_strp or
255 DW_FORM_GNU_str_index.
257 3) GCC chooses the form to use late, depending on the size and
260 Rather than forcing the all debug string handling functions and
261 callers to deal with these complications, simply use a separate,
262 special-cased string table for any attribute that should go in the
263 main object file. This limits the complexity to just the places
266 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *skeleton_debug_str_hash
;
268 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
270 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
271 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
273 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
275 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
276 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
278 /* The default cold text section. */
279 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
281 /* The DIE for C++14 'auto' in a function return type. */
282 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref auto_die
;
284 /* The DIE for C++14 'decltype(auto)' in a function return type. */
285 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref decltype_auto_die
;
287 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
289 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
290 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
291 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
293 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
295 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
297 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
298 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
299 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
301 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
302 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
305 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
306 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
309 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
310 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
313 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
314 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
317 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
318 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
321 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
322 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
324 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
325 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
326 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
327 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
328 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
329 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
330 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
331 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
332 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
333 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
335 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
338 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
340 /* Cache the last query. */
341 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
342 static int last_match
= 0;
343 if (path
!= last_path
)
346 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
348 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
349 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
354 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
357 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
358 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
359 int matches
, int result
)
361 /* Find the type name. */
362 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
364 const char *name
= 0;
365 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
368 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
370 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
372 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
373 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
374 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
375 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
376 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
378 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
381 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
382 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
386 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
391 /* Get the number of HOST_WIDE_INTs needed to represent the precision
395 get_full_len (const wide_int
&op
)
397 return ((op
.get_precision () + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1)
398 / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
402 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
404 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
406 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
409 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
411 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
413 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
414 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
415 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
416 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
418 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
420 if (type_decl
!= NULL
)
422 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
423 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
425 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
426 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
429 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
432 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
433 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
436 stripattributes (const char *s
)
438 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
443 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
450 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
451 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
452 for collect2 the first time around. */
455 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
459 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
460 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
464 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
470 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
472 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
474 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
477 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
478 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
479 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
480 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
481 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
482 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
483 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
486 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
487 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
489 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
491 if (eh_frame_section
)
492 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
495 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
496 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
497 switch_to_section (data_section
);
501 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
502 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
503 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
504 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
505 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
510 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
514 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
517 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
520 if (!debug_frame_section
)
521 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
522 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
523 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
527 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
529 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
530 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
535 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
536 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
537 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
538 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
541 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
542 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
543 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
544 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
545 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
548 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
550 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
553 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
554 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
555 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
557 case DW_CFA_register
:
558 case DW_CFA_expression
:
559 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
561 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
562 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
564 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
566 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
567 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
574 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
576 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
577 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
582 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
584 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
585 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
586 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
588 case DW_CFA_register
:
589 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
591 case DW_CFA_expression
:
592 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
595 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
599 /* Output one FDE. */
602 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
603 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
604 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
606 const char *begin
, *end
;
607 static unsigned int j
;
610 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
612 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
615 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
616 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
617 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
618 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
619 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
621 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
624 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
626 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
627 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
629 begin
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
: fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
630 end
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
;
634 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
635 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
636 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
637 "FDE initial location");
638 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
639 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
643 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
644 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
651 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
653 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
655 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
657 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
658 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
659 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
662 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
665 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
667 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
670 fde
->funcdef_number
);
671 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
672 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
674 "Language Specific Data Area");
678 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
679 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
680 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
681 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
685 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
688 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
689 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
691 size_t from
, until
, i
;
694 until
= vec_safe_length (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
);
696 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
699 until
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
701 from
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
703 for (i
= from
; i
< until
; i
++)
704 output_cfi ((*fde
->dw_fde_cfi
)[i
], fde
, for_eh
);
707 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
708 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
709 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
710 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
711 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
713 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
714 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
715 switch *back* into the table section. */
716 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
717 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
718 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
721 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
722 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
723 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
724 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
729 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
732 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
734 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
737 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
740 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
743 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
744 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
750 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
751 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
752 location of saved registers. */
755 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
760 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
761 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
762 char augmentation
[6];
763 int augmentation_size
;
764 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
765 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
766 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
768 rtx personality
= NULL
;
771 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
775 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
776 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
779 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
780 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
781 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
782 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
783 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
784 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
787 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
789 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
791 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
792 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
793 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
794 any_eh_needed
= true;
795 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
796 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, 1, 1);
803 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
807 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
808 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
811 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
813 /* Output the CIE. */
814 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
815 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
816 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
817 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
818 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
819 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
820 "Length of Common Information Entry");
821 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
823 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
824 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
825 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
826 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
827 "CIE Identifier Tag");
829 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
830 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
831 due to overflowing the return register column. */
832 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
834 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
836 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
839 augmentation_size
= 0;
841 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
847 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
848 augmentation section.
849 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
850 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
851 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
853 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
854 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
856 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
857 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
858 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
860 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
864 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
865 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
870 augmentation_size
+= 1;
872 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
875 augmentation_size
+= 1;
877 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
879 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
883 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
884 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
886 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
888 + 1 /* CIE version */
889 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
890 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
891 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
893 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
894 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
895 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
897 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
899 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
900 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
901 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
905 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
906 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
908 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
909 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
911 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
912 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
913 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
915 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
918 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
922 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
926 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
927 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
933 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
934 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
936 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
937 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
938 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
941 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, i
, cfi
)
942 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
944 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
945 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
946 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
947 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
949 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
950 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
954 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
955 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
958 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
? 2 : 1); k
++)
959 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
960 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
963 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
964 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
966 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
971 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
974 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
978 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
980 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
984 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
987 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
988 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
989 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
990 of the weirder relocation types. */
991 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
992 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
994 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
995 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
996 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
999 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1003 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1004 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
1005 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1006 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
1007 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
1009 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
1010 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
1012 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
1013 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
1014 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
1018 /* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
1019 this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
1022 dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
1026 fde
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_fde_node
> ();
1027 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
1028 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
1029 fde
->fde_index
= vec_safe_length (fde_vec
);
1030 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
1031 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
1032 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
1033 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1034 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1036 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
1038 vec_safe_push (fde_vec
, fde
);
1043 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1047 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1048 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1050 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1056 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
1058 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
1060 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
1061 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
1063 && (!flag_exceptions
1064 || targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_SJLJ
))
1067 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
1068 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
1069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1070 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1071 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1072 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1073 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
1074 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
1076 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
1080 /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
1081 emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
1082 would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
1086 fde
= dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
1088 /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
1089 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
1090 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
1091 fde
->in_std_section
= (fnsec
== text_section
1092 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
1094 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
1095 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
1096 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1098 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
1101 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1102 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
1105 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
1106 if (!current_unit_personality
)
1107 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
1109 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
1110 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
1111 function anymore. */
1112 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
1113 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
1114 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
1118 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
1119 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
1123 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1124 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1126 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1128 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1130 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1131 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1132 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1133 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1134 cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
1137 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
1138 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
1142 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1143 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1145 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1146 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1148 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
1151 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1153 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1154 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1155 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1156 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1157 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
1160 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1161 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1165 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1166 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1169 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1171 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
1172 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
1174 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1175 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1177 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1179 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
1180 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1181 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
1183 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
1184 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
1185 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
1189 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
1191 /* Output call frame information. */
1192 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
1193 output_call_frame_info (0);
1195 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
1196 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
1197 && targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
1198 output_call_frame_info (1);
1201 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
1204 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
1206 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
1207 if (sec
== text_section
)
1208 text_section_used
= true;
1209 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
1210 cold_text_section_used
= true;
1213 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
1214 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section
*);
1217 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
1220 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1222 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
);
1224 if (!in_cold_section_p
)
1226 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1227 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
1228 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1232 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1233 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
1234 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1236 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
1238 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
1239 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1240 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
1242 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1243 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1245 /* Now do the real section switch. */
1246 sect
= current_function_section ();
1247 switch_to_section (sect
);
1249 fde
->second_in_std_section
1250 = (sect
== text_section
1251 || (cold_text_section
&& sect
== cold_text_section
));
1253 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1254 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
1256 var_location_switch_text_section ();
1258 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1259 set_cur_line_info_table (sect
);
1262 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
1263 for emitting location expressions. */
1265 /* Data about a single source file. */
1266 struct GTY((for_user
)) dwarf_file_data
{
1267 const char * filename
;
1271 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
1275 } deferred_locations
;
1278 static GTY(()) vec
<deferred_locations
, va_gc
> *deferred_locations_list
;
1281 /* Describe an entry into the .debug_addr section. */
1285 ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
,
1289 typedef struct GTY((for_user
)) addr_table_entry_struct
{
1291 unsigned int refcount
;
1293 union addr_table_entry_struct_union
1295 rtx
GTY ((tag ("0"))) rtl
;
1296 char * GTY ((tag ("1"))) label
;
1298 GTY ((desc ("%1.kind"))) addr
;
1302 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
1303 so you can track variables that are in different places over
1304 their entire life. */
1305 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
1306 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
1307 const char *begin
; /* Label and addr_entry for start of range */
1308 addr_table_entry
*begin_entry
;
1309 const char *end
; /* Label for end of range */
1310 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
1311 Only on head of list */
1312 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
1313 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
1315 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
1318 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
1321 /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
1326 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
1328 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
1331 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
1333 const char *name
= get_DW_OP_name (op
);
1338 return "OP_<unknown>";
1341 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
1342 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
1343 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
1345 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1346 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
1347 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
1349 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
1351 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
1352 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1353 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1354 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
1355 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1356 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1357 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
1362 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
1365 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1366 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1369 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
1372 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
1375 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
1378 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
1380 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
1382 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1383 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
1389 /* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
1392 dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node
*a
, dw_val_node
*b
)
1394 if (a
->val_class
!= b
->val_class
)
1396 switch (a
->val_class
)
1398 case dw_val_class_none
:
1400 case dw_val_class_addr
:
1401 return rtx_equal_p (a
->v
.val_addr
, b
->v
.val_addr
);
1403 case dw_val_class_offset
:
1404 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
1405 case dw_val_class_const
:
1406 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
1407 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
1408 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
1409 /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
1410 return a
->v
.val_unsigned
== b
->v
.val_unsigned
;
1412 case dw_val_class_loc
:
1413 return a
->v
.val_loc
== b
->v
.val_loc
;
1414 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
1415 return a
->v
.val_loc_list
== b
->v
.val_loc_list
;
1416 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
1417 return a
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== b
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
1418 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
1419 return a
->v
.val_fde_index
== b
->v
.val_fde_index
;
1420 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
1421 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
1422 return strcmp (a
->v
.val_lbl_id
, b
->v
.val_lbl_id
) == 0;
1423 case dw_val_class_str
:
1424 return a
->v
.val_str
== b
->v
.val_str
;
1425 case dw_val_class_flag
:
1426 return a
->v
.val_flag
== b
->v
.val_flag
;
1427 case dw_val_class_file
:
1428 return a
->v
.val_file
== b
->v
.val_file
;
1429 case dw_val_class_decl_ref
:
1430 return a
->v
.val_decl_ref
== b
->v
.val_decl_ref
;
1432 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1433 return (a
->v
.val_double
.high
== b
->v
.val_double
.high
1434 && a
->v
.val_double
.low
== b
->v
.val_double
.low
);
1436 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1437 return *a
->v
.val_wide
== *b
->v
.val_wide
;
1439 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1441 size_t a_len
= a
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* a
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1442 size_t b_len
= b
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* b
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1444 return (a_len
== b_len
1445 && !memcmp (a
->v
.val_vec
.array
, b
->v
.val_vec
.array
, a_len
));
1448 case dw_val_class_data8
:
1449 return memcmp (a
->v
.val_data8
, b
->v
.val_data8
, 8) == 0;
1451 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
1452 return (!strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
)
1453 && !strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
));
1458 /* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
1461 loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1463 if (a
->dw_loc_opc
!= b
->dw_loc_opc
)
1466 /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
1467 address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
1468 should be zero for other types of locations. */
1469 if (a
->dtprel
!= b
->dtprel
)
1472 return (dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd1
)
1473 && dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd2
));
1476 /* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
1479 loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1485 if (a
== NULL
|| b
== NULL
)
1487 if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a
, b
))
1496 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
1499 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1501 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
1504 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
1509 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1510 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
1514 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
1515 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
1516 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
1517 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
1518 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
1520 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
1521 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
1523 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
1524 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
1527 else if (offset
> 0)
1528 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
1532 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
1533 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
1537 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
1540 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1543 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
1544 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
1547 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
1548 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
1550 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref
);
1552 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
1554 static unsigned long
1555 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
1557 unsigned long size
= 1;
1559 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
1562 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
1564 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
1565 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
1566 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
1567 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
);
1586 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1589 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1594 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
1595 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1633 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1636 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1639 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1642 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1643 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1646 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1648 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
1649 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1650 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1652 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
1653 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
1662 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
1663 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
1665 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
1666 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1667 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
1669 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
1670 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1672 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
1674 unsigned long op_size
= size_of_locs (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
1675 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (op_size
) + op_size
;
1678 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
1681 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1682 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
) + 1;
1683 switch (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
)
1685 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1686 size
+= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
1687 * loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
1689 case dw_val_class_const
:
1690 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1692 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1693 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1695 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1696 size
+= (get_full_len (*loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
)
1697 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
1704 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
1707 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1708 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1709 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1712 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
1715 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1716 size
+= 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1719 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
1720 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
1721 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
1722 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1726 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1727 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1730 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
1740 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
1743 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
1748 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
1749 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
1750 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
1752 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
1754 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
1759 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
1761 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
1762 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
1768 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
1769 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
1770 static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref
);
1772 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
1773 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
1774 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
1775 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
1776 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
1777 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
1780 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
1782 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
1783 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
1785 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
1787 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1790 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1795 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
1796 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
1798 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
1803 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1808 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
1809 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
1811 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
1816 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
1817 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1824 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
1825 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
1827 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
1830 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
1831 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
1832 switch (val2
->val_class
)
1834 case dw_val_class_const
:
1835 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1837 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1839 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
1840 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1844 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
1849 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
1852 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
1853 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
1856 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1858 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
1860 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
1862 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
1863 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
1867 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
1868 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
1870 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
1872 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
1876 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1879 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
1880 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
1881 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
1882 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
1883 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
1885 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
1886 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
1887 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
1890 case dw_val_class_addr
:
1891 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
1892 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
1907 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
1908 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
1909 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
1910 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
1911 only doing unwinding. */
1916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1919 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
1922 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1927 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
1928 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
1962 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1966 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
1967 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
1968 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
1969 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
1970 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
1971 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1975 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1979 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
1980 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
1981 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
1982 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
1983 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
1984 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1985 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
1989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
1991 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
1992 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
1993 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
1995 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
1996 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
1997 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2003 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
2005 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
2008 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2015 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2016 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2023 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2024 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2025 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
2026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
,
2027 "(index into .debug_addr)");
2030 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2032 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2033 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
2034 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2035 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2036 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
2037 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2041 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2042 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1
->v
.val_loc
), NULL
);
2043 output_loc_sequence (val1
->v
.val_loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2046 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2048 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
), l
;
2050 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2051 switch (val2
->val_class
)
2053 case dw_val_class_const
:
2054 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2056 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2058 case dw_val_class_vec
:
2060 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
2061 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
2066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2067 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
2072 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
2075 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
2076 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
2079 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
2081 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
2082 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2084 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l
, NULL
);
2085 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2087 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2088 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2092 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2093 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2095 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, first
, NULL
);
2096 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, second
, NULL
);
2099 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
2102 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
2103 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* l
, NULL
);
2106 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2107 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2108 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2110 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
2111 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2119 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2121 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2122 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2124 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2126 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2127 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2128 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2134 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2136 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2138 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2142 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2143 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2144 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
2145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2148 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2154 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2157 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2158 o
= get_ref_die_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2159 dw2_asm_output_data (4, o
, NULL
);
2164 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2169 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
2170 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2171 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2172 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2173 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2174 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2177 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
2179 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2181 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2182 /* Output the opcode. */
2183 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2184 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2186 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2187 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2188 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2189 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2191 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2192 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2194 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2195 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2196 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2197 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
2201 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
2203 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2204 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2208 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2209 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
2212 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2214 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2215 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2217 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2220 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2221 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2222 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2223 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
2229 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2230 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2231 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2232 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2237 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2238 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2243 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2244 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2249 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
2250 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2251 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2259 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
2260 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2262 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2263 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
2269 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2270 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2271 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2272 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2273 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2278 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2280 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2284 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
2285 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2287 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2324 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2325 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
2330 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2331 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2332 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2333 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2334 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2335 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2336 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
2340 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2341 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2342 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2343 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2344 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2345 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2346 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2347 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2352 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2358 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2362 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2363 /* Output the opcode. */
2364 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2366 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2367 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2368 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2369 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2371 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2373 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2374 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2375 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2376 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2378 /* Output the opcode. */
2379 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
2380 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
2382 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2384 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
2386 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2390 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
2391 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
2394 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2395 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
2397 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
, *tmp
;
2399 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
2403 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2404 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2405 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
2406 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2407 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2410 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
2411 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2415 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
2420 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
2421 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
2424 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2425 build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
,
2426 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
2428 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
;
2429 unsigned int dwarf_fp
2430 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2432 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
2433 if (cfa
->reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2435 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
2436 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
2437 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
2438 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
2441 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
2445 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2447 /* .debug_str support. */
2449 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
2450 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
2451 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
2452 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
2453 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
2454 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
2455 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
2456 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
2457 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2458 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2459 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
2460 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
2461 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
2462 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
2463 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
2465 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
2466 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*);
2467 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
2468 static void dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int);
2469 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
2471 /* The debug hooks structure. */
2473 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
2477 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
2480 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
2481 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
2482 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
2483 dwarf2out_end_block
,
2484 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
2485 dwarf2out_source_line
,
2486 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
2487 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2488 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
2489 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
2491 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2492 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2494 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
2495 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
2496 dwarf2out_end_function
, /* end_function */
2497 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
2498 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
2499 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
2500 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
2501 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
2502 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
2503 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
2504 something tries to reference them. */
2505 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
2506 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label
, /* label */
2507 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
2508 dwarf2out_var_location
,
2509 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
2511 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2512 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
2515 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2516 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2517 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2519 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2520 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2521 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2522 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2524 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
2525 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
2526 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
2527 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
2528 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
2529 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
2532 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
2534 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2535 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2537 typedef long int dw_offset
;
2539 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
2541 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
2542 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
2543 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
2544 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
2545 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
2546 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
2548 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
2549 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
2550 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
2553 enum dw_line_info_opcode
{
2554 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
2557 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
2558 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
2562 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
2565 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
2568 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
2571 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
2572 LI_set_prologue_end
,
2573 LI_set_epilogue_begin
,
2575 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
2576 LI_set_discriminator
2579 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
2580 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
;
2582 } dw_line_info_entry
;
2585 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct
{
2586 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
2587 const char *end_label
;
2589 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
2590 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
2591 unsigned int file_num
;
2592 unsigned int line_num
;
2593 unsigned int column_num
;
2598 vec
<dw_line_info_entry
, va_gc
> *entries
;
2599 } dw_line_info_table
;
2601 typedef dw_line_info_table
*dw_line_info_table_p
;
2604 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
2605 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
2606 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
2608 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
2609 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
2610 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
2615 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
2616 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
2617 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
2619 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"), for_user
)) die_struct
{
2620 union die_symbol_or_type_node
2622 const char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
2623 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
2625 GTY ((desc ("%0.comdat_type_p"))) die_id
;
2626 vec
<dw_attr_node
, va_gc
> *die_attr
;
2627 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
2628 dw_die_ref die_child
;
2630 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
2631 dw_offset die_offset
;
2632 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
2634 unsigned int decl_id
;
2635 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
2636 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
2637 BOOL_BITFIELD die_perennial_p
: 1;
2638 BOOL_BITFIELD comdat_type_p
: 1; /* DIE has a type signature */
2639 /* Lots of spare bits. */
2643 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
2644 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
2645 c = die->die_child; \
2649 } while (c != die->die_child); \
2652 /* The pubname structure */
2654 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
2661 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
2662 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
2663 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
2667 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
2669 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
2671 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
2677 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
2682 /* The comdat type node structure. */
2683 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
2685 dw_die_ref root_die
;
2686 dw_die_ref type_die
;
2687 dw_die_ref skeleton_die
;
2688 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
2689 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
2693 /* The limbo die list structure. */
2694 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
2697 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
2701 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
2705 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
2707 skeleton_chain_node
;
2709 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
2710 implicitly generated for a type.
2712 Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
2713 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
2714 and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
2715 a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
2716 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
2717 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
2718 front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
2720 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
2721 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
2722 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
2723 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
2724 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
2725 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
2726 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
2727 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
2728 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
2730 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
2731 language, and compiler version. */
2733 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
2734 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2735 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
2737 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
2738 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2739 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
2740 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
2742 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
2743 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
2745 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
2746 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
2747 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2748 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2749 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
2751 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
2752 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
2753 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
2754 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2755 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2756 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
2758 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
2759 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
2760 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
2761 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
2763 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
2767 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
2768 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
2769 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
2771 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
2772 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
2774 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
2775 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
2777 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
2778 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
2779 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
2780 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
2781 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
2783 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
2784 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
2785 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
2788 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
2789 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
2790 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
2792 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
2793 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
2795 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
2796 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
2798 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
2799 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
2801 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
2802 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
2803 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
2805 struct dwarf_file_hasher
: ggc_hasher
<dwarf_file_data
*>
2807 typedef const char *compare_type
;
2809 static hashval_t
hash (dwarf_file_data
*);
2810 static bool equal (dwarf_file_data
*, const char *);
2813 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
2814 static GTY(()) hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
> *file_table
;
2816 struct decl_die_hasher
: ggc_hasher
<die_node
*>
2818 typedef tree compare_type
;
2820 static hashval_t
hash (die_node
*);
2821 static bool equal (die_node
*, tree
);
2823 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
2824 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
2825 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
> *decl_die_table
;
2827 struct block_die_hasher
: ggc_hasher
<die_struct
*>
2829 static hashval_t
hash (die_struct
*);
2830 static bool equal (die_struct
*, die_struct
*);
2833 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
2834 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
2835 static GTY (()) hash_table
<block_die_hasher
> *common_block_die_table
;
2837 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
2843 /* Node of the variable location list. */
2844 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
2845 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
2846 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
2847 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
2848 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
2849 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
2850 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
2851 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
2852 NULL as second operand. */
2854 const char * GTY (()) label
;
2855 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
2858 /* Variable location list. */
2859 struct GTY ((for_user
)) var_loc_list_def
{
2860 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
2862 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
2863 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
2864 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
2865 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
2866 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
2867 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
2868 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
2870 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
2871 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
2872 is after section switch. */
2873 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch
;
2875 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
2876 unsigned int decl_id
;
2878 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
2880 /* Call argument location list. */
2881 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node
{
2882 rtx
GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note
;
2883 const char * GTY (()) label
;
2884 tree
GTY (()) block
;
2886 rtx
GTY (()) symbol_ref
;
2887 struct call_arg_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
2891 struct decl_loc_hasher
: ggc_hasher
<var_loc_list
*>
2893 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
2895 static hashval_t
hash (var_loc_list
*);
2896 static bool equal (var_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
2899 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
2900 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
> *decl_loc_table
;
2902 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
2903 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_locations
;
2904 static struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_loc_last
;
2906 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
2907 static int call_site_count
= -1;
2908 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
2909 static int tail_call_site_count
= -1;
2911 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
2913 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> block_map
;
2915 /* A cached location list. */
2916 struct GTY ((for_user
)) cached_dw_loc_list_def
{
2917 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
2918 unsigned int decl_id
;
2920 /* The cached location list. */
2921 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
2923 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list
;
2925 struct dw_loc_list_hasher
: ggc_hasher
<cached_dw_loc_list
*>
2928 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
2930 static hashval_t
hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*);
2931 static bool equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
2934 /* Table of cached location lists. */
2935 static GTY (()) hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
> *cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
2937 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
2938 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
2939 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
2940 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
2941 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
2943 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
2944 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
2946 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
2947 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
2949 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2950 abbrev_die_table. */
2951 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
2953 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
2954 static unsigned int line_info_label_num
;
2956 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
2957 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
2958 assembly for the function. */
2959 static dw_line_info_table
*cur_line_info_table
;
2961 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
2962 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*text_section_line_info
;
2963 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cold_text_section_line_info
;
2965 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
2966 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_line_info_table_p
, va_gc
> *separate_line_info
;
2968 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
2970 static bool info_section_emitted
;
2972 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2973 accessible names. */
2974 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubname_table
;
2976 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2977 accessible types. */
2978 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubtype_table
;
2980 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
2981 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
2982 static GTY (()) vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *macinfo_table
;
2984 /* True if .debug_macinfo or .debug_macros section is going to be
2986 #define have_macinfo \
2987 (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE \
2988 && !macinfo_table->is_empty ())
2990 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
2991 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
2993 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
2994 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
2996 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
2997 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
2999 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
3000 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
3001 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
3003 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
3004 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
3006 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
3007 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
3009 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3011 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3013 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3014 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
3016 /* Unique label counter. */
3017 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3019 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
3020 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
3022 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3023 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
3025 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3026 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3028 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
3029 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
3031 static GTY(()) vec
<die_arg_entry
, va_gc
> *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
3033 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
3034 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
3035 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
3036 we do it at the end of compilation. */
3037 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *generic_type_instances
;
3039 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3040 within the current function. */
3041 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
3042 static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
;
3044 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> base_types
;
3046 /* Flags to represent a set of attribute classes for attributes that represent
3047 a scalar value (bounds, pointers, ...). */
3050 dw_scalar_form_constant
= 0x01,
3051 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
= 0x02,
3052 dw_scalar_form_reference
= 0x04
3055 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3057 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
3058 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3059 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
3060 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3061 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3062 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3063 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
3064 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3065 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3066 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3067 static inline unsigned int AT_index (dw_attr_ref
);
3068 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3069 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3070 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3071 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3072 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3073 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3074 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3075 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3076 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
3077 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3078 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
3079 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3080 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3081 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3082 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3083 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3084 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3085 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3086 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3087 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3088 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3089 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3090 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3092 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3093 static addr_table_entry
*add_addr_table_entry (void *, enum ate_kind
);
3094 static void remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*);
3095 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
, bool);
3096 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3097 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3098 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3099 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3100 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3101 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3102 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3103 unsigned long, bool);
3104 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3105 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3106 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3107 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3108 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3109 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3110 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3111 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3112 static bool is_cxx (void);
3113 static bool is_fortran (void);
3114 static bool is_ada (void);
3115 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3116 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3117 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3118 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3119 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3120 static dw_die_ref
strip_naming_typedef (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3121 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
3122 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3123 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3124 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
3125 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3126 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
3127 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3128 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3129 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3130 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3131 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3132 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3133 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3134 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3135 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3136 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3137 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
3138 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3139 struct checksum_attributes
;
3140 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
3141 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3142 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3143 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
3144 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3145 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
3146 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3147 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3148 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3149 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3150 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3151 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3152 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3153 static inline bool is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref
);
3154 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3155 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3156 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
3157 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
3158 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
3159 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
3160 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
3161 static dw_die_ref
copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3162 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3163 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3164 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
3165 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
3168 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
3169 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
3171 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3172 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3173 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3174 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3175 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3176 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
3177 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3178 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3179 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3180 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3181 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3182 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3183 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3184 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3185 static void output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long, dw_die_ref
);
3186 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3187 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3188 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3189 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3190 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
3191 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3192 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3193 static void add_enumerator_pubname (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3194 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3195 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3196 static void output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3197 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
3198 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
3199 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
3200 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
3202 static void output_ranges (void);
3203 static dw_line_info_table
*new_line_info_table (void);
3204 static void output_line_info (bool);
3205 static void output_file_names (void);
3206 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3207 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3208 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3209 static int decl_quals (const_tree
);
3210 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, dw_die_ref
);
3211 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3212 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3213 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
3214 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
3215 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
3216 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
3217 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
3218 enum var_init_status
);
3219 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3220 enum var_init_status
);
3221 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
3222 enum var_init_status
);
3223 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
3224 static bool resolve_one_addr (rtx
*);
3225 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3226 enum var_init_status
);
3227 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, machine_mode mode
,
3228 enum var_init_status
);
3229 struct loc_descr_context
;
3230 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int,
3231 const struct loc_descr_context
*);
3232 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int,
3233 const struct loc_descr_context
*);
3234 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3235 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
3236 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3237 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3238 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
3239 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
3240 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3242 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3243 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3244 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3245 static void insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&, unsigned char *, int);
3246 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
3247 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3248 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool,
3249 enum dwarf_attribute
);
3250 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3251 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3252 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3253 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3254 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3255 static void add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
, int,
3256 const struct loc_descr_context
*);
3257 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
,
3258 const struct loc_descr_context
*);
3259 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
3260 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3261 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3262 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3263 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3264 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3265 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3266 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3267 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3268 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3269 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3270 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3271 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3272 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3273 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3274 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, dw_die_ref
);
3275 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3276 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
3277 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
3279 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3281 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3282 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
3284 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3286 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3287 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3288 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
3289 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3290 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3291 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3292 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3293 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3294 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3295 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3296 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3297 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3298 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3299 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3300 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3301 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3302 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
3303 enum debug_info_usage
);
3304 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3305 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3306 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3307 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3308 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3309 static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
3310 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
3311 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
3312 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3313 static dw_die_ref
gen_namelist_decl (tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3314 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3315 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
3316 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
3317 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3318 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3319 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
3320 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3321 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3322 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
3323 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3324 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3325 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3326 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3327 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3328 const char *, const char *);
3329 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3330 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3331 static bool want_pubnames (void);
3333 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3334 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3335 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3336 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3337 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3338 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3339 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3340 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
3341 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref
);
3342 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref
);
3343 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3344 const char *, const char *);
3345 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3346 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
3347 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
3348 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
3349 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
3351 static const char *comp_dir_string (void);
3353 static void hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
, inchash::hash
&);
3355 /* enum for tracking thread-local variables whose address is really an offset
3356 relative to the TLS pointer, which will need link-time relocation, but will
3357 not need relocation by the DWARF consumer. */
3365 /* Return the operator to use for an address of a variable. For dtprel_true, we
3366 use DW_OP_const*. For regular variables, which need both link-time
3367 relocation and consumer-level relocation (e.g., to account for shared objects
3368 loaded at a random address), we use DW_OP_addr*. */
3370 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
3371 dw_addr_op (enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3373 if (dtprel
== dtprel_true
)
3374 return (dwarf_split_debug_info
? DW_OP_GNU_const_index
3375 : (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
));
3377 return dwarf_split_debug_info
? DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
: DW_OP_addr
;
3380 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated address location description. If
3381 dwarf_split_debug_info is true, then record the address with the appropriate
3383 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3384 new_addr_loc_descr (rtx addr
, enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3386 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
= new_loc_descr (dw_addr_op (dtprel
), 0, 0);
3388 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
3389 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
3390 ref
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
3391 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
3392 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
3393 = add_addr_table_entry (addr
,
3394 dtprel
? ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
: ate_kind_rtx
);
3396 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3401 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3403 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3404 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3406 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3407 #define DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info.dwo"
3409 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3410 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3412 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3413 #define DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev.dwo"
3415 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3416 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3418 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
3419 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION ".debug_addr"
3421 #ifndef DEBUG_NORM_MACINFO_SECTION
3422 #define DEBUG_NORM_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3424 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
3425 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo.dwo"
3427 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3428 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION \
3429 (!dwarf_split_debug_info \
3430 ? (DEBUG_NORM_MACINFO_SECTION) : (DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION))
3432 #ifndef DEBUG_NORM_MACRO_SECTION
3433 #define DEBUG_NORM_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
3435 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
3436 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro.dwo"
3438 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
3439 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION \
3440 (!dwarf_split_debug_info \
3441 ? (DEBUG_NORM_MACRO_SECTION) : (DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION))
3443 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3444 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3446 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
3447 #define DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line.dwo"
3449 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3450 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3452 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
3453 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc.dwo"
3455 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3456 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION \
3457 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
3458 ? ".debug_gnu_pubnames" : ".debug_pubnames")
3460 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
3461 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION \
3462 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
3463 ? ".debug_gnu_pubtypes" : ".debug_pubtypes")
3465 #define DEBUG_NORM_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets"
3466 #define DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets.dwo"
3467 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
3468 #define DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION \
3469 (!dwarf_split_debug_info \
3470 ? (DEBUG_NORM_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION) : (DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION))
3472 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
3473 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION ".debug_str.dwo"
3475 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3476 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3478 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3479 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3482 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3483 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3484 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3487 /* Section flags for .debug_macinfo/.debug_macro section. */
3488 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_FLAGS \
3489 (dwarf_split_debug_info ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE : SECTION_DEBUG)
3491 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3492 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3493 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
3494 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3497 /* Section flags for .debug_str.dwo section. */
3498 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE)
3500 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3501 the section names themselves. */
3503 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3504 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3506 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3507 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
3509 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3510 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3512 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3513 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_line"
3515 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3516 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3518 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3519 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_info"
3521 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3522 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3524 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3525 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_abbrev"
3527 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
3528 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_addr"
3530 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3531 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3533 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3534 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3536 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3537 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3539 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
3540 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
3542 #define SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV 1
3543 #define SKELETON_TYPE_DIE_ABBREV 2
3545 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3546 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3547 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3548 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3549 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3551 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3552 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3553 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3554 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3555 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3556 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3557 static char debug_skeleton_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3558 static char debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3559 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3560 static char debug_addr_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3561 static char debug_skeleton_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3562 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3563 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3564 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3566 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3567 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3569 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
3570 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
3572 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3573 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3575 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3576 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3578 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3579 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3583 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3585 comp_unit_die (void)
3587 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
3588 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
3589 return single_comp_unit_die
;
3592 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3593 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
3595 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3598 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3600 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3603 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3606 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
3608 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3609 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3610 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3613 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3617 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3619 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3621 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3622 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3623 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3624 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3626 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3627 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3628 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3633 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3636 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
3638 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3640 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3641 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3644 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
3647 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
3649 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
3652 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
3654 static unsigned long int
3655 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
3657 if (ref
->die_offset
)
3658 return ref
->die_offset
;
3659 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev
)
3661 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
3662 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
3664 return ref
->die_offset
;
3667 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
3669 static unsigned long int
3670 get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
3672 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
3673 return ref
->die_offset
;
3676 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3679 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3681 const char *name
= get_DW_TAG_name (tag
);
3686 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3689 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3692 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
3698 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3699 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
3700 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
3702 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
3703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
3706 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3707 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
3708 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
3710 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
3711 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
3715 name
= get_DW_AT_name (attr
);
3720 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
3723 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
3726 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
3728 const char *name
= get_DW_FORM_name (form
);
3733 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
3736 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
3737 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
3738 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
3739 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
3743 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
3745 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
3748 /* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN can point to itself; ignore that if
3749 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
3750 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
3753 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
3754 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
3755 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
3757 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
3760 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
3761 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
3765 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
3767 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
3769 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
3770 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
3772 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
3773 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
3775 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
3776 context
= NULL_TREE
;
3781 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
3784 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
3786 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
3790 vec_safe_reserve (die
->die_attr
, 1);
3791 vec_safe_push (die
->die_attr
, *attr
);
3794 static inline enum dw_val_class
3795 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
3797 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
3800 /* Return the index for any attribute that will be referenced with a
3801 DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index or DW_FORM_GNU_str_index. String indices
3802 are stored in dw_attr_val.v.val_str for reference counting
3805 static inline unsigned int
3806 AT_index (dw_attr_ref a
)
3808 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
3809 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->index
;
3810 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
3811 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
->index
;
3815 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
3818 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
3822 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
3823 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
3824 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3825 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
3826 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3829 static inline unsigned
3830 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
3832 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
3833 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
3836 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3839 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
3843 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
3844 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3845 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3846 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
3847 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3850 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
3851 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
3853 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
3854 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
3857 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3860 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
3861 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
3865 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
3866 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3867 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3868 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
3869 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3872 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
3873 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
3875 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
3876 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3879 /* Add an unsigned wide integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3882 add_AT_wide (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
3887 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
3888 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
3889 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
3890 *attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= w
;
3891 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3894 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3897 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
3898 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
3902 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
3903 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
3904 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3905 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
3906 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
3907 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3910 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
3913 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
3914 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
3918 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
3919 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
3920 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3921 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
3922 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
3923 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
3924 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3927 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
3930 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
3931 unsigned char data8
[8])
3935 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
3936 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
3937 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3938 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
3939 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3942 /* Add DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc to a DIE. When using
3943 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
3944 final executable have force_direct set to avoid using indexed
3948 add_AT_low_high_pc (dw_die_ref die
, const char *lbl_low
, const char *lbl_high
,
3954 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_low
);
3955 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_low_pc
;
3956 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
3957 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
3958 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
3959 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
3960 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
3962 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3963 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3965 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_high_pc
;
3966 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
3967 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
3969 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_high_pc
;
3970 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_high
);
3971 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
3972 if (attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_lbl_id
3973 && dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
3974 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
3975 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
3977 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3978 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
3981 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
3984 indirect_string_hasher::hash (indirect_string_node
*x
)
3986 return htab_hash_string (x
->str
);
3990 indirect_string_hasher::equal (indirect_string_node
*x1
, const char *x2
)
3992 return strcmp (x1
->str
, x2
) == 0;
3995 /* Add STR to the given string hash table. */
3997 static struct indirect_string_node
*
3998 find_AT_string_in_table (const char *str
,
3999 hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *table
)
4001 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4003 indirect_string_node
**slot
4004 = table
->find_slot_with_hash (str
, htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4007 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<indirect_string_node
> ();
4008 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4018 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
4020 static struct indirect_string_node
*
4021 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
4023 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4024 debug_str_hash
= hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
4026 return find_AT_string_in_table (str
, debug_str_hash
);
4029 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4032 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4035 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4037 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
4039 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4040 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4041 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4042 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4043 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4046 static inline const char *
4047 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4049 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4050 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4053 /* Call this function directly to bypass AT_string_form's logic to put
4054 the string inline in the die. */
4057 set_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4060 /* Already indirect is a no op. */
4061 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
|| node
->form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
)
4063 gcc_assert (node
->label
);
4066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4067 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4068 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4070 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
4072 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4073 node
->index
= NOT_INDEXED
;
4077 node
->form
= DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
;
4078 node
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
4082 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4083 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4085 static enum dwarf_form
4086 find_string_form (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4093 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4095 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4096 always better to put it inline. */
4097 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4098 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4100 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4101 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4103 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
4104 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4105 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
4106 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4108 set_indirect_string (node
);
4113 /* Find out whether the string referenced from the attribute should be
4114 output inline in DIE or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4116 static enum dwarf_form
4117 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4119 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4120 return find_string_form (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
);
4123 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4126 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4130 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4131 gcc_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
4133 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
4134 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
4135 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
4139 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4140 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4141 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4142 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4143 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4144 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4147 /* Change DIE reference REF to point to NEW_DIE instead. */
4150 change_AT_die_ref (dw_attr_ref ref
, dw_die_ref new_die
)
4152 gcc_assert (ref
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4153 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= new_die
;
4154 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4157 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4158 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4161 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4163 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4164 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
4165 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4168 static inline dw_die_ref
4169 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4171 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4172 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4176 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4178 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4179 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4185 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4187 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4188 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4191 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4194 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4198 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4199 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4200 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4201 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4202 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4205 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4208 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4212 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4213 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4214 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4215 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4216 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4219 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4220 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4222 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
4223 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4227 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4231 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4232 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4233 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4234 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4235 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4236 have_location_lists
= true;
4239 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4240 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4242 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4243 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4246 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
4247 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4249 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4250 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4253 struct addr_hasher
: ggc_hasher
<addr_table_entry
*>
4255 static hashval_t
hash (addr_table_entry
*);
4256 static bool equal (addr_table_entry
*, addr_table_entry
*);
4259 /* Table of entries into the .debug_addr section. */
4261 static GTY (()) hash_table
<addr_hasher
> *addr_index_table
;
4263 /* Hash an address_table_entry. */
4266 addr_hasher::hash (addr_table_entry
*a
)
4268 inchash::hash hstate
;
4274 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4277 case ate_kind_label
:
4278 return htab_hash_string (a
->addr
.label
);
4282 inchash::add_rtx (a
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
4283 return hstate
.end ();
4286 /* Determine equality for two address_table_entries. */
4289 addr_hasher::equal (addr_table_entry
*a1
, addr_table_entry
*a2
)
4291 if (a1
->kind
!= a2
->kind
)
4296 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4297 return rtx_equal_p (a1
->addr
.rtl
, a2
->addr
.rtl
);
4298 case ate_kind_label
:
4299 return strcmp (a1
->addr
.label
, a2
->addr
.label
) == 0;
4305 /* Initialize an addr_table_entry. */
4308 init_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*e
, enum ate_kind kind
, void *addr
)
4314 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4315 e
->addr
.rtl
= (rtx
) addr
;
4317 case ate_kind_label
:
4318 e
->addr
.label
= (char *) addr
;
4322 e
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
4325 /* Add attr to the address table entry to the table. Defer setting an
4326 index until output time. */
4328 static addr_table_entry
*
4329 add_addr_table_entry (void *addr
, enum ate_kind kind
)
4331 addr_table_entry
*node
;
4332 addr_table_entry finder
;
4334 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
);
4335 if (! addr_index_table
)
4336 addr_index_table
= hash_table
<addr_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
4337 init_addr_table_entry (&finder
, kind
, addr
);
4338 addr_table_entry
**slot
= addr_index_table
->find_slot (&finder
, INSERT
);
4340 if (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
4342 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<addr_table_entry
> ();
4343 init_addr_table_entry (node
, kind
, addr
);
4353 /* Remove an entry from the addr table by decrementing its refcount.
4354 Strictly, decrementing the refcount would be enough, but the
4355 assertion that the entry is actually in the table has found
4359 remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*entry
)
4361 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& addr_index_table
);
4362 /* After an index is assigned, the table is frozen. */
4363 gcc_assert (entry
->refcount
> 0 && entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
4367 /* Given a location list, remove all addresses it refers to from the
4371 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4373 for (; descr
; descr
= descr
->dw_loc_next
)
4374 if (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
4376 gcc_assert (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
4377 remove_addr_table_entry (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
4381 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
4382 htab_traverse. Assign an addr_table_entry its index. All entries
4383 must be collected into the table when this function is called,
4384 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
4385 in the same order for each run. */
4388 index_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
4390 addr_table_entry
*node
= *h
;
4392 /* Don't index unreferenced nodes. */
4393 if (node
->refcount
== 0)
4396 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
4397 node
->index
= *index
;
4403 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. When using
4404 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
4405 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
4406 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
4409 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
,
4414 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4415 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4416 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4417 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4418 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= add_addr_table_entry (addr
, ate_kind_rtx
);
4420 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4421 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4424 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
4427 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4429 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
4430 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4433 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
4436 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4437 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
4441 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4442 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
4443 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4444 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
4445 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4448 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
4450 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
4451 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
4453 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
4454 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
4457 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
4460 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4461 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
4465 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4466 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
4467 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4468 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
4469 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
4470 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4473 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4476 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4481 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4482 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4483 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4484 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4485 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
4486 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
4487 = add_addr_table_entry (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
,
4489 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4492 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4493 debug_line section. */
4496 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4501 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4502 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
4503 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4504 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4505 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4508 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4509 debug_macinfo section. */
4512 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4517 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4518 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
4519 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4520 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4521 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4524 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4527 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4528 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4532 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4533 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4534 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4535 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4536 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4539 /* Add a range_list attribute value to a DIE. When using
4540 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
4541 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
4542 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
4544 #define UNRELOCATED_OFFSET ((addr_table_entry *) 1)
4545 #define RELOCATED_OFFSET (NULL)
4548 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4549 long unsigned int offset
, bool force_direct
)
4553 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4554 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4555 /* For the range_list attribute, use val_entry to store whether the
4556 offset should follow split-debug-info or normal semantics. This
4557 value is read in output_range_list_offset. */
4558 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4559 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= UNRELOCATED_OFFSET
;
4561 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= RELOCATED_OFFSET
;
4562 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4563 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4566 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
4568 static inline const char *
4569 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a
)
4571 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
4572 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
4575 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
4577 static inline const char *
4578 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a
)
4580 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
4581 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
4584 static inline const char *
4585 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4587 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4588 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
4589 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
4590 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_high_pc
));
4591 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4594 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4597 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4601 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4606 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
4607 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4609 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4610 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4614 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4619 /* Returns the parent of the declaration of DIE. */
4622 get_die_parent (dw_die_ref die
)
4629 if ((t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
4630 || (t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
)))
4633 return die
->die_parent
;
4636 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4637 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4638 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4640 static inline const char *
4641 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4643 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4645 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4648 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4649 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4650 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4652 static inline const char *
4653 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4655 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4657 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4660 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4661 NULL if it is not present. */
4663 static inline const char *
4664 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4666 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4668 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4671 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4672 if it is not present. */
4675 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4677 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4679 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4682 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4683 if it is not present. */
4685 static inline unsigned
4686 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4688 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4690 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4693 static inline dw_die_ref
4694 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4696 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4698 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4701 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
4702 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4704 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4706 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
4709 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4714 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
4716 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
4717 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
);
4720 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4725 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
4727 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
4730 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4735 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
4737 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
4738 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
4739 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
4740 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran03
4741 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran08
);
4744 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4749 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
4751 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
4754 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4757 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4765 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
4766 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4768 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4769 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
4770 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
4772 /* vec::ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
4774 die
->die_attr
->ordered_remove (ix
);
4779 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
4780 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
4783 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
4785 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
4786 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
4789 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
4793 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
4794 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
4795 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
4798 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
4799 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
4802 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
4804 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
4806 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
4807 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
4809 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
4810 if (prev
== old_child
)
4812 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
4813 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
4817 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
4818 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
4820 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
4821 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
4824 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
4827 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
4830 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
4831 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
4832 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
4835 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
4839 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
4845 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
4847 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
4849 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
4850 /* Might have removed every child. */
4851 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
4855 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
4858 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
4861 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
4863 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
4864 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
4866 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
4868 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
4871 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
4872 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
4875 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
4876 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
4879 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4880 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
4881 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
4884 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
4888 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4889 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4890 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
4892 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
4898 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
4899 || (child
->die_parent
4900 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
4902 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
4903 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
4905 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
4909 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
4912 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4914 static inline dw_die_ref
4915 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
4917 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<die_node
> ();
4919 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
4921 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
4922 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
4925 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
4927 limbo_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
4928 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
4929 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
4930 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
4931 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
4937 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4939 static inline dw_die_ref
4940 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
4942 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
4945 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
4946 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
4947 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
4949 static inline dw_die_ref
4950 strip_naming_typedef (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
4953 && TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
4955 && type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
4956 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
4957 type_die
= get_AT_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_type
);
4961 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
4962 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
4963 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
4964 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
4965 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
4966 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
4968 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
4969 a naming typedef is. */
4971 static inline dw_die_ref
4972 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
4974 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
4975 return strip_naming_typedef (type
, die
);
4978 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4981 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
4983 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
4986 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
4989 decl_die_hasher::hash (die_node
*x
)
4991 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
4994 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
4997 decl_die_hasher::equal (die_node
*x
, tree y
)
4999 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
5002 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5004 static inline dw_die_ref
5005 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5007 return decl_die_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5010 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5013 decl_loc_hasher::hash (var_loc_list
*x
)
5015 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
5018 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5022 decl_loc_hasher::equal (var_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
5024 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
5027 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5029 static inline var_loc_list
*
5030 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
5032 if (!decl_loc_table
)
5034 return decl_loc_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5037 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
5040 dw_loc_list_hasher::hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
)
5042 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
5045 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
5049 dw_loc_list_hasher::equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
5051 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
5054 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5057 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5059 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5061 *decl_die_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
) = decl_die
;
5062 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5065 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5067 static HOST_WIDE_INT
5068 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
5070 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
5073 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
5074 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
5075 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
5078 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5081 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
5083 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
5084 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
5086 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
5089 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
5090 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
5092 static rtx_expr_list
*
5093 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
5095 if (bitsize
> 0 && bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
5096 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
5098 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
5103 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
5104 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
5107 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
5108 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
5112 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
5114 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
5119 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
5120 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
5121 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
5122 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
5123 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
5124 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
5125 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
5126 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
5127 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
5130 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
5131 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
5132 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
5135 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
5139 /* First copy all nodes preceding the current bitpos. */
5140 while (src
!= inner
)
5142 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
5143 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
5144 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
5145 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
5148 /* Add padding if needed. */
5149 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
5151 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
5152 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
5153 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
5155 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
5158 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
5159 just update the location for it and return. */
5160 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
5163 /* Add the piece that changed. */
5164 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
5165 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
5166 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
5167 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
5170 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
5173 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
5175 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
5178 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
5179 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
5182 /* Add padding if needed. */
5183 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
5187 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
5188 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
5192 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
5195 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
5196 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
5197 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
5198 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
5202 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5204 static struct var_loc_node
*
5205 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
5207 unsigned int decl_id
;
5209 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
5210 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
5212 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
5213 && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl
))
5215 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
5216 if (handled_component_p (realdecl
)
5217 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl
) == MEM_REF
5218 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl
, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
))
5220 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize
;
5223 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
, &maxsize
);
5224 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
5225 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
5226 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
5228 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
5229 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
5235 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5237 = decl_loc_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5240 temp
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_list
> ();
5241 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5247 /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
5248 even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
5250 && temp
->first
== temp
->last
5251 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
5252 && NOTE_P (temp
->first
->loc
)
5253 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp
->first
->loc
) == decl
5254 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
5255 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
)
5256 && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
))
5257 == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
5258 && prev_real_insn (temp
->first
->loc
) == NULL_RTX
5260 || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
),
5261 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
))
5262 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->first
->loc
)
5263 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))))
5265 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
5266 temp
->first
->next
= loc
;
5268 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
5270 else if (temp
->last
)
5272 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
5273 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
5274 HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
= 0;
5278 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
5280 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
5282 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
5285 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
5286 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
5288 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
5289 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
5293 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
5294 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
5296 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
5298 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
5299 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
5300 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
5302 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
5303 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
5306 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
5307 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
5309 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
5312 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
5316 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
5317 || (temp
->first
->next
== temp
->last
5318 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
));
5319 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
5320 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
5324 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
5325 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
5326 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
5327 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
5328 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
5329 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
5330 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
5332 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
5333 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5334 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5335 we have nothing to do. */
5336 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
5337 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
5338 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
5339 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
5340 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
5341 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
5342 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
5343 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
5344 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
5346 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
5347 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
5348 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
5352 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
5355 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
5356 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
5357 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
5359 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
5360 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
5362 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
5363 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
5364 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
5372 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
5375 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
5380 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5381 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5382 the DIE internal representation. */
5383 static int print_indent
;
5385 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5388 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5390 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5393 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
5396 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
5400 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
5401 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
5404 static void print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
, FILE *);
5406 /* Print the value associated to the VAL DWARF value node to OUTFILE. If
5407 RECURSE, output location descriptor operations. */
5410 print_dw_val (dw_val_node
*val
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
5412 switch (val
->val_class
)
5414 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5415 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5417 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5418 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5420 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5421 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5422 if (val
->v
.val_loc
== NULL
)
5423 fprintf (outfile
, " -> <null>\n");
5426 fprintf (outfile
, ":\n");
5428 print_loc_descr (val
->v
.val_loc
, outfile
);
5432 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)\n", (void *) val
->v
.val_loc
);
5434 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5435 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5436 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->ll_symbol
);
5438 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5439 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5441 case dw_val_class_const
:
5442 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, val
->v
.val_int
);
5444 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5445 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, val
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5447 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5448 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
5449 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
5450 val
->v
.val_double
.high
,
5451 val
->v
.val_double
.low
);
5453 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
5455 int i
= val
->v
.val_wide
->get_len ();
5456 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (");
5458 if (val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
- 1) == 0)
5459 fprintf (outfile
, "0x");
5460 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
5461 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (--i
));
5463 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_PADDED_HEX
,
5464 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
));
5465 fprintf (outfile
, ")");
5468 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5469 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5471 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5472 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", val
->v
.val_flag
);
5474 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5475 if (val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= NULL
)
5477 dw_die_ref die
= val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
5479 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
5481 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
5482 print_signature (outfile
,
5483 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
5485 else if (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
5486 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
5488 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", die
->die_offset
);
5489 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) die
);
5492 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5494 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
5495 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
5496 val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
, val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
);
5498 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5499 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5500 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5501 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
5502 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", val
->v
.val_lbl_id
);
5504 case dw_val_class_str
:
5505 if (val
->v
.val_str
->str
!= NULL
)
5506 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", val
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5508 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5510 case dw_val_class_file
:
5511 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", val
->v
.val_file
->filename
,
5512 val
->v
.val_file
->emitted_number
);
5514 case dw_val_class_data8
:
5518 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
5519 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", val
->v
.val_data8
[i
]);
5527 /* Likewise, for a DIE attribute. */
5530 print_attribute (dw_attr_ref a
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
5532 print_dw_val (&a
->dw_attr_val
, recurse
, outfile
);
5536 /* Print the list of operands in the LOC location description to OUTFILE. This
5537 routine is a debugging aid only. */
5540 print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, FILE *outfile
)
5542 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= loc
;
5546 print_spaces (outfile
);
5547 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>\n");
5551 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5553 print_spaces (outfile
);
5554 fprintf (outfile
, "(%p) %s",
5556 dwarf_stack_op_name (l
->dw_loc_opc
));
5557 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
5559 fprintf (outfile
, " ");
5560 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, false, outfile
);
5562 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
5564 fprintf (outfile
, ", ");
5565 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, false, outfile
);
5567 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5571 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5572 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5575 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5581 print_spaces (outfile
);
5582 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
5583 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
),
5585 print_spaces (outfile
);
5586 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5587 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
5588 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
5590 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
5592 print_spaces (outfile
);
5593 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
5594 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
5595 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5598 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5600 print_spaces (outfile
);
5601 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5603 print_attribute (a
, true, outfile
);
5604 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5607 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5610 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
5613 if (print_indent
== 0)
5614 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5617 /* Print the list of operations in the LOC location description. */
5620 debug_dwarf_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5622 print_loc_descr (loc
, stderr
);
5625 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5628 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5630 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5634 debug (die_struct
&ref
)
5636 print_die (&ref
, stderr
);
5640 debug (die_struct
*ptr
)
5645 fprintf (stderr
, "<nil>\n");
5649 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5650 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5656 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
5659 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5660 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5661 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5664 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5666 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5667 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5669 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5673 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5676 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5678 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5680 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5684 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5685 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
5686 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5688 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5691 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5694 inchash::hash hstate
;
5697 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5699 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
5700 hash
= hstate
.end();
5704 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5707 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5709 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5712 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5714 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5715 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5716 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5719 switch (AT_class (at
))
5721 case dw_val_class_const
:
5722 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5724 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5725 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5727 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5728 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
5730 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
5731 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
5732 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
5733 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
5735 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5736 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
5737 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
5738 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
5740 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5741 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5743 case dw_val_class_str
:
5744 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5747 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5749 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5750 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5753 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5754 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5757 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5758 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5759 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5762 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5763 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5766 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5767 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
5768 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5769 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5770 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5771 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
5774 case dw_val_class_file
:
5775 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
5778 case dw_val_class_data8
:
5779 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
5787 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5790 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5796 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5799 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5802 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5804 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5806 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5807 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5809 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
5813 #undef CHECKSUM_BLOCK
5814 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5816 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
5817 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5818 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
5819 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
5820 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5821 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5822 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
5823 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
5825 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
5828 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5835 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
5837 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
5838 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
5847 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
5850 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5854 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
5857 /* More bytes to follow. */
5865 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
5866 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
5869 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5873 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
5875 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
5876 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
5877 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
5880 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
5882 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
5886 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
5887 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
5889 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
5890 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
5892 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
5895 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5898 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5900 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
5901 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
5902 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
5904 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
5905 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5909 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
5912 inchash::hash hstate
;
5915 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dtprel
);
5916 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5917 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
5918 hash
= hstate
.end ();
5920 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5924 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5927 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
5928 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5930 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5933 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
5935 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
5937 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
5938 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
5939 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
5940 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
5941 is complete or not. */
5942 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
5943 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5944 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5945 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
5946 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
5947 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
5948 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
5950 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5952 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
5954 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
5958 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
5959 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
5960 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
5961 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
5962 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
5963 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
5968 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
5969 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
5970 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
5971 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
5973 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
5974 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
5975 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
5979 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
5983 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5984 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
5985 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
5986 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
5987 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
5988 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
5993 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
5994 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
5996 switch (AT_class (at
))
5998 case dw_val_class_const
:
5999 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
6000 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
6003 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6004 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
6005 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
6008 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6009 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
6010 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
6011 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
6014 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6015 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
6016 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
6017 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
6018 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
6019 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
6020 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
6023 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6024 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
6025 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6026 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
);
6027 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
6028 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6029 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
6032 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6033 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
6034 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
6037 case dw_val_class_str
:
6038 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
6039 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
6042 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6044 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6045 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
6046 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
6049 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6050 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
6051 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6054 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6055 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
6056 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
6059 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6060 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6061 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6062 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6063 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6066 case dw_val_class_file
:
6067 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
6068 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
6071 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6072 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
6080 struct checksum_attributes
6082 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
6083 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
6084 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
6085 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
6086 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
6087 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
6088 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
6089 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
6090 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
6091 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
6092 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
6093 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
6094 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
6095 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
6096 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
6097 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
6098 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
6099 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
6100 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
6101 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
6102 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
6103 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
6104 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
6105 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
6106 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
6107 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
6108 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
6109 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
6110 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
6111 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
6112 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
6113 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
6114 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
6115 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
6116 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
6117 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
6118 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
6119 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
6120 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
6121 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
6122 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
6123 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
6124 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
6125 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
6126 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
6127 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
6128 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
6131 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
6134 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
6139 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6150 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
6152 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6153 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
6155 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6156 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
6158 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6159 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
6161 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6162 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
6164 case DW_AT_associated
:
6165 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
6167 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
6168 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
6170 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6171 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
6173 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6174 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
6176 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6177 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
6179 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6180 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
6182 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6183 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
6185 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6186 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
6188 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6189 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
6192 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
6194 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6195 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
6197 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6198 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
6200 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
6201 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
6203 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
6204 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
6206 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6207 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
6209 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
6210 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
6213 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
6215 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6216 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
6218 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6219 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
6221 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6222 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
6224 case DW_AT_endianity
:
6225 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
6227 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6228 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
6230 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6231 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
6233 case DW_AT_location
:
6234 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
6236 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6237 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
6240 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
6242 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6243 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
6245 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
6246 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
6248 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6249 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
6252 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
6255 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
6257 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6258 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
6260 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
6261 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
6263 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6264 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
6266 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6267 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
6269 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6270 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
6272 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6273 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
6275 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6276 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
6278 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6279 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
6281 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6282 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
6290 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
6293 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6297 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
6299 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
6300 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
6302 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
6304 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
6306 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
6307 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
6309 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
6310 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
6311 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
6312 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
6313 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
6314 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
6315 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
6316 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
6317 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
6318 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
6319 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
6320 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
6321 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
6322 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
6323 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
6324 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
6325 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
6326 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
6327 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
6328 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
6329 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
6330 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
6331 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
6332 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
6333 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
6334 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
6335 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
6336 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
6337 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
6338 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
6339 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
6340 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
6341 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
6342 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
6343 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
6344 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
6345 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
6346 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
6347 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
6348 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
6349 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
6350 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
6351 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
6352 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
6353 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
6354 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
6355 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
6357 /* Checksum the child DIEs. */
6360 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
6363 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
6364 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
6366 /* Ignore instantiations of member type and function templates. */
6368 else if (name_attr
!= NULL
6369 && (is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
))
6371 /* Use a shallow checksum for named nested types and member
6373 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
6374 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
6375 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
6379 /* Use a deep checksum for other children. */
6380 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
6381 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
6383 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
6385 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
6387 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
6390 /* Add a type name and tag to a hash. */
6392 die_odr_checksum (int tag
, const char *name
, md5_ctx
*ctx
)
6394 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
6395 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
6399 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6400 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
6401 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
6402 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
6404 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
6405 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
6406 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
6407 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
6408 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
6409 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
6410 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
6413 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
6417 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6422 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
6423 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
6424 parent
= get_die_parent (die
);
6426 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
6427 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
6428 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
6430 if (is_cxx () && name
!= NULL
)
6432 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6434 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6436 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
6438 /* Checksum the current DIE. */
6439 die_odr_checksum (die
->die_tag
, name
, &ctx
);
6440 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6442 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
6445 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
6447 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6449 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
6451 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6453 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
6455 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
6456 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6457 unmark_all_dies (die
);
6458 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6460 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
6461 type node together. */
6462 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
6463 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
6464 die
->comdat_type_p
= true;
6465 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
6466 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
6468 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
6472 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
6473 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
6477 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6479 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
6481 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
6482 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
6483 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
6486 /* Do the values look the same? */
6488 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
6490 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
6493 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
6496 switch (v1
->val_class
)
6498 case dw_val_class_const
:
6499 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
6500 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6501 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
6502 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6503 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
6504 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
6505 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6506 return *v1
->v
.val_wide
== *v2
->v
.val_wide
;
6507 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6508 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
6509 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
6511 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
6512 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
6515 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6516 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
6517 case dw_val_class_str
:
6518 return !strcmp (v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6520 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6521 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
6522 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
6523 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
6525 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
6527 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6528 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
6530 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6531 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
6533 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
6534 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
6536 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
6538 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6539 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
6541 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6542 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
6543 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6544 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6545 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6546 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6549 case dw_val_class_file
:
6550 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
6552 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6553 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
6560 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6563 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
6565 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
6568 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6569 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6570 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6573 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
6576 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6579 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
6585 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6587 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
6588 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6590 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
6593 if (vec_safe_length (die1
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die2
->die_attr
))
6596 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
6597 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, &(*die2
->die_attr
)[ix
], mark
))
6600 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
6601 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
6610 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
6614 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
6616 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
6626 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6629 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
6632 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
6634 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
6635 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
6640 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6642 static const char *comdat_symbol_id
;
6644 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6645 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
6647 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6648 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6651 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6653 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6654 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6655 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
6658 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6661 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6662 the name filename of the unit. */
6664 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6666 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6667 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6668 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6670 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6671 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6673 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6674 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6676 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6680 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6681 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6684 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6687 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6689 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6691 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6692 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6693 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6694 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6695 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6696 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6697 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6698 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6699 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6700 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6701 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6702 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6703 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6704 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6705 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6706 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6707 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6708 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6709 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6710 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6717 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6718 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6719 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6720 compilations (functions). */
6723 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6725 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6726 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6727 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6728 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6730 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6733 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6734 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6735 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
6736 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6737 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6739 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6741 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6744 return is_type_die (c
);
6747 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6748 compilation unit. */
6751 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6753 return (is_type_die (c
)
6754 || is_declaration_die (c
)
6755 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
6756 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
6759 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
6762 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6764 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
;
6767 /* Returns true iff C is a unit DIE of some sort. */
6770 is_unit_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6772 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
6773 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_partial_unit
6774 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_type_unit
);
6777 /* Returns true iff C is a namespace DIE. */
6780 is_namespace_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6782 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
;
6785 /* Returns true iff C is a class or structure DIE. */
6788 is_class_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6790 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
6791 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
);
6794 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a template parameter. */
6797 is_template_parameter (dw_die_ref die
)
6799 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6801 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6802 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6803 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6804 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6811 /* Return non-zero if this DIE represents a template instantiation. */
6814 is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref die
)
6818 if (!is_type_die (die
) && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6820 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (is_template_parameter (c
)) return true);
6825 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6829 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6830 return xstrdup (buf
);
6833 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6836 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6840 if (is_symbol_die (die
) && !die
->comdat_type_p
)
6842 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6844 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6846 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6847 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6848 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6851 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6854 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
6857 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6860 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6861 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6864 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6866 struct cu_hash_table_entry_hasher
6868 typedef cu_hash_table_entry value_type
;
6869 typedef die_struct compare_type
;
6870 static inline hashval_t
hash (const value_type
*);
6871 static inline bool equal (const value_type
*, const compare_type
*);
6872 static inline void remove (value_type
*);
6876 cu_hash_table_entry_hasher::hash (const value_type
*entry
)
6878 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
6882 cu_hash_table_entry_hasher::equal (const value_type
*entry1
,
6883 const compare_type
*entry2
)
6885 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
6889 cu_hash_table_entry_hasher::remove (value_type
*entry
)
6891 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6901 typedef hash_table
<cu_hash_table_entry_hasher
> cu_hash_type
;
6903 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6906 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, cu_hash_type
*htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6908 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6909 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6911 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6913 slot
= htable
->find_slot_with_hash (cu
,
6914 htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
6918 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6920 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6926 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6930 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
6932 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6933 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6939 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6941 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, cu_hash_type
*htable
,
6942 unsigned int sym_num
)
6944 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6946 slot
= htable
->find_slot_with_hash (cu
,
6947 htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
6951 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6954 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6955 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6956 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6959 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6962 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6963 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6967 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
6969 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6970 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6972 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
6974 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6975 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
6977 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6978 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6979 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6980 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6982 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6984 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
6987 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
6990 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6991 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6995 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6996 cu_hash_type
cu_hash_table (10);
6997 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
7003 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
7004 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, &cu_hash_table
,
7005 &comdat_symbol_number
);
7006 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
7008 *pnode
= node
->next
;
7011 pnode
= &node
->next
;
7012 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, &cu_hash_table
,
7013 comdat_symbol_number
);
7018 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
7021 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7026 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7027 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
7033 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
7036 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
7038 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7042 return local_scope_p (decl
);
7045 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
7049 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die
)
7053 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
&& ! is_declaration_die (die
))
7055 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (contains_subprogram_definition (c
)) return 1);
7059 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
7060 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
7063 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
7065 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7067 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
7068 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
7069 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
7070 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
7071 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, types nested in a
7072 subprogram, or types that contain subprogram definitions. */
7073 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
7074 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7075 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
)
7076 || contains_subprogram_definition (die
))
7079 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
7080 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
7081 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
7082 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
7083 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
7084 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
7085 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
7086 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
7087 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
7088 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
7089 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
7090 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
7091 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
7092 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
7093 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
7094 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
7100 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
7103 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7109 clone
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<die_node
> ();
7110 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
7112 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7113 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
7118 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
7121 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
7124 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
7126 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree (c
)));
7131 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
7134 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
7141 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
7142 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
7143 return clone_die (die
);
7145 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
7146 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7149 clone
= clone_die (decl
);
7150 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
7151 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
7155 clone
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<die_node
> ();
7156 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
7158 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7160 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
7161 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
7162 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
7166 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
7167 case DW_AT_artificial
:
7168 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
7169 case DW_AT_external
:
7172 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7173 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
7174 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
7175 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
7177 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
7183 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
7184 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
7186 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
7191 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
7193 struct decl_table_entry
7199 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
7201 /* Hashtable helpers. */
7203 struct decl_table_entry_hasher
: typed_free_remove
<decl_table_entry
>
7205 typedef decl_table_entry value_type
;
7206 typedef die_struct compare_type
;
7207 static inline hashval_t
hash (const value_type
*);
7208 static inline bool equal (const value_type
*, const compare_type
*);
7212 decl_table_entry_hasher::hash (const value_type
*entry
)
7214 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
7218 decl_table_entry_hasher::equal (const value_type
*entry1
,
7219 const compare_type
*entry2
)
7221 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
7224 typedef hash_table
<decl_table_entry_hasher
> decl_hash_type
;
7226 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
7227 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
7228 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
7229 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
7232 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
,
7233 decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
7235 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
7236 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
7238 decl_table_entry
**slot
= NULL
;
7239 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
7243 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
7244 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
, htab_hash_pointer (die
),
7246 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
7252 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
7253 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
7261 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
7264 if (!is_unit_die (parent
))
7265 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
7268 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
7269 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
7273 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
7279 /* Copy the declaration context to the new type unit DIE. This includes
7280 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
7281 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
7282 attached to the specification, and returns a pointer to the original
7283 parent of the declaration DIE. Returns NULL otherwise. */
7286 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
7289 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
7290 dw_die_ref orig_parent
= NULL
;
7292 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7301 /* The original DIE will be changed to a declaration, and must
7302 be moved to be a child of the original declaration DIE. */
7303 orig_parent
= decl
->die_parent
;
7305 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
7306 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
7307 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7308 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
7310 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7312 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7314 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
7315 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
7316 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
7317 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
7320 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree (c
)));
7323 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
7324 && !is_unit_die (decl
->die_parent
))
7326 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
7327 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
7329 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
7330 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
7337 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
7338 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
7341 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
7343 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
7346 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
7348 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
7350 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
7351 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
7355 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
7356 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
7357 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
7360 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
7362 skeleton_chain_node node
;
7365 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
7366 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
7368 node
.parent
= parent
;
7370 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
7374 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
7377 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
7379 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
7380 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
7382 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
7384 /* Instantiated templates do not need to be cloned into the
7385 type unit. Just move the DIE and its children back to
7386 the skeleton tree (in the main CU). */
7387 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7388 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
7393 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
7394 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
7395 all the original's children, where the original came from
7396 (which is about to be moved to the type unit). */
7397 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
7398 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
7400 /* If the original has a DW_AT_object_pointer attribute,
7401 it would now point to a child DIE just moved to the
7402 cloned tree, so we need to remove that attribute from
7404 remove_AT (c
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
7406 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
7407 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
7408 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
7413 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
7414 } while (next
!= NULL
);
7417 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
7420 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
7422 skeleton_chain_node node
;
7425 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
7428 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
7429 and is not an instantiation of a template, always leave
7430 at least a declaration in its place. */
7431 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
7432 && is_type_die (die
->die_parent
)
7433 && !is_template_instantiation (die
))
7434 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
7436 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
7437 return node
.new_die
;
7440 /* Remove the CHILD DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
7441 declaration. The original DIE is moved to a new compile unit so that
7442 existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the
7443 original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the
7444 original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the
7448 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref child
,
7451 dw_die_ref skeleton
, orig_parent
;
7453 /* Copy the declaration context to the type unit DIE. If the returned
7454 ORIG_PARENT is not NULL, the skeleton needs to be added as a child of
7456 orig_parent
= copy_declaration_context (unit
, child
);
7458 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
7459 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
7460 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
7463 skeleton
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7464 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
7466 /* If the original DIE was a specification, we need to put
7467 the skeleton under the parent DIE of the declaration.
7468 This leaves the original declaration in the tree, but
7469 it will be pruned later since there are no longer any
7470 references to it. */
7471 if (orig_parent
!= NULL
)
7473 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
7474 add_child_die (orig_parent
, skeleton
);
7477 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
7483 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
7484 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
7487 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
7491 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
7492 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
7493 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
7495 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
7499 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
7502 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
7503 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
7505 dw_die_ref replacement
;
7506 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
7508 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
7509 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
7511 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
7512 add it to the list of comdat types. */
7513 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
7514 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
7515 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
7516 type_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<comdat_type_node
> ();
7517 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
7518 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
7519 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
7521 /* Generate the type signature. */
7522 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
7524 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
7525 declaration into the new type unit DIE, then remove this DIE
7526 from the main CU (or replace it with a skeleton if necessary). */
7527 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (unit
, c
, prev
);
7528 type_node
->skeleton_die
= replacement
;
7530 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
7531 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
7533 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
7536 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
7537 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
7538 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
7539 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
7541 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
7542 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
7544 } while (next
!= NULL
);
7547 /* Like clone_tree, but copy DW_TAG_subprogram DIEs as declarations.
7548 Enter all the cloned children into the hash table decl_table. */
7551 clone_tree_partial (dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
7555 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
7556 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
7558 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7559 clone
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
7561 clone
= clone_die (die
);
7563 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
,
7564 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
7566 /* Assert that DIE isn't in the hash table yet. If it would be there
7567 before, the ancestors would be necessarily there as well, therefore
7568 clone_tree_partial wouldn't be called. */
7569 gcc_assert (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
);
7571 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
7573 entry
->copy
= clone
;
7576 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7577 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
,
7578 add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
7583 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
7584 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
7588 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
7594 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7596 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7598 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
7599 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
7600 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
7602 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || targ
->comdat_type_p
)
7605 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (targ
,
7606 htab_hash_pointer (targ
),
7609 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
7611 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
7612 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
7614 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
7618 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
7619 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_die (targ
);
7621 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
7622 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
7623 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
7624 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
7625 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
7630 /* If TARG is not a declaration DIE, we need to copy its
7632 if (!is_declaration_die (targ
))
7636 add_child_die (copy
,
7637 clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
7640 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
7644 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
7645 into the new type unit. */
7646 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
7647 && !is_unit_die (targ
->die_parent
))
7648 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
7651 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
7652 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
7654 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
7655 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
7656 get visited otherwise. */
7659 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
7660 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
7661 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
7662 while (parent
->die_parent
7663 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
7665 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
7666 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
7668 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
7674 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
7677 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
7678 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
7679 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
7680 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
7681 don't have an external reference. */
7684 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
7687 decl_hash_type
decl_table (10);
7688 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, &decl_table
);
7692 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
7693 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
7694 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
7697 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
7701 if (! die
->die_child
)
7704 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
7705 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
7707 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
7710 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
7713 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
7719 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7720 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
7721 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
7723 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
7726 /* We want to limit the number of external references, because they are
7727 larger than local references: a relocation takes multiple words, and
7728 even a sig8 reference is always eight bytes, whereas a local reference
7729 can be as small as one byte (though DW_FORM_ref is usually 4 in GCC).
7730 So if we encounter multiple external references to the same type DIE, we
7731 make a local typedef stub for it and redirect all references there.
7733 This is the element of the hash table for keeping track of these
7743 /* Hashtable helpers. */
7745 struct external_ref_hasher
: typed_free_remove
<external_ref
>
7747 typedef external_ref value_type
;
7748 typedef external_ref compare_type
;
7749 static inline hashval_t
hash (const value_type
*);
7750 static inline bool equal (const value_type
*, const compare_type
*);
7754 external_ref_hasher::hash (const value_type
*r
)
7756 dw_die_ref die
= r
->type
;
7759 /* We can't use the address of the DIE for hashing, because
7760 that will make the order of the stub DIEs non-deterministic. */
7761 if (! die
->comdat_type_p
)
7762 /* We have a symbol; use it to compute a hash. */
7763 h
= htab_hash_string (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7766 /* We have a type signature; use a subset of the bits as the hash.
7767 The 8-byte signature is at least as large as hashval_t. */
7768 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
7769 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
7775 external_ref_hasher::equal (const value_type
*r1
, const compare_type
*r2
)
7777 return r1
->type
== r2
->type
;
7780 typedef hash_table
<external_ref_hasher
> external_ref_hash_type
;
7782 /* Return a pointer to the external_ref for references to DIE. */
7784 static struct external_ref
*
7785 lookup_external_ref (external_ref_hash_type
*map
, dw_die_ref die
)
7787 struct external_ref ref
, *ref_p
;
7788 external_ref
**slot
;
7791 slot
= map
->find_slot (&ref
, INSERT
);
7792 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
7795 ref_p
= XCNEW (struct external_ref
);
7801 /* Subroutine of optimize_external_refs, below.
7803 If we see a type skeleton, record it as our stub. If we see external
7804 references, remember how many we've seen. */
7807 optimize_external_refs_1 (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*map
)
7812 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
7814 if (is_type_die (die
)
7815 && (c
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_signature
)))
7817 /* This is a local skeleton; use it for local references. */
7818 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
7822 /* Scan the DIE references, and remember any that refer to DIEs from
7823 other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
7824 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7825 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
7826 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0
7829 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
7833 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_external_refs_1 (c
, map
));
7836 /* htab_traverse callback function for optimize_external_refs, below. SLOT
7837 points to an external_ref, DATA is the CU we're processing. If we don't
7838 already have a local stub, and we have multiple refs, build a stub. */
7841 dwarf2_build_local_stub (external_ref
**slot
, dw_die_ref data
)
7843 struct external_ref
*ref_p
= *slot
;
7845 if (ref_p
->stub
== NULL
&& ref_p
->n_refs
> 1 && !dwarf_strict
)
7847 /* We have multiple references to this type, so build a small stub.
7848 Both of these forms are a bit dodgy from the perspective of the
7849 DWARF standard, since technically they should have names. */
7850 dw_die_ref cu
= data
;
7851 dw_die_ref type
= ref_p
->type
;
7852 dw_die_ref stub
= NULL
;
7854 if (type
->comdat_type_p
)
7856 /* If we refer to this type via sig8, use AT_signature. */
7857 stub
= new_die (type
->die_tag
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
7858 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_signature
, type
);
7862 /* Otherwise, use a typedef with no name. */
7863 stub
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
7864 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_type
, type
);
7873 /* DIE is a unit; look through all the DIE references to see if there are
7874 any external references to types, and if so, create local stubs for
7875 them which will be applied in build_abbrev_table. This is useful because
7876 references to local DIEs are smaller. */
7878 static external_ref_hash_type
*
7879 optimize_external_refs (dw_die_ref die
)
7881 external_ref_hash_type
*map
= new external_ref_hash_type (10);
7882 optimize_external_refs_1 (die
, map
);
7883 map
->traverse
<dw_die_ref
, dwarf2_build_local_stub
> (die
);
7887 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
7888 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
7889 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
7890 die are visited recursively. */
7893 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
)
7895 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
7896 unsigned int n_alloc
;
7901 /* Scan the DIE references, and replace any that refer to
7902 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked) with
7903 the local stubs we built in optimize_external_refs. */
7904 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7905 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
7906 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0)
7908 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
7909 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
|| AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7911 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (extern_map
, c
);
7912 if (ref_p
->stub
&& ref_p
->stub
!= die
)
7913 change_AT_die_ref (a
, ref_p
->stub
);
7915 /* We aren't changing this reference, so mark it external. */
7916 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
7919 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
7921 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
7922 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
7926 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
7928 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
7931 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
))
7934 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
7936 abbrev_a
= &(*abbrev
->die_attr
)[ix
];
7937 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
7938 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
7948 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
7950 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
7952 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7953 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
7956 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
7957 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7958 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
7961 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
7962 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
7965 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
7966 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
, extern_map
));
7969 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
7972 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
7979 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
7982 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
7987 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
7988 .debug_info section. */
7990 static unsigned long
7991 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7993 unsigned long size
= 0;
7996 enum dwarf_form form
;
7998 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
7999 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8001 switch (AT_class (a
))
8003 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8004 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
8006 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
8007 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
8010 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8012 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8013 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8015 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8017 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
8020 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
8021 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
8023 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
8027 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8028 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
8030 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
8031 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
8034 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8036 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8037 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8039 case dw_val_class_const
:
8040 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
8042 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8044 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
8045 if (dwarf_version
== 3
8046 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
8048 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
));
8053 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8054 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
8055 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
8058 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
8059 size
+= (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
8060 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
8061 if (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8065 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8066 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
8067 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8068 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
8069 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
8071 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8072 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
8073 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8074 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8075 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8076 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8077 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8078 the same abbrev entry. */
8079 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
8083 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8084 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
8086 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
8087 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
8088 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
8089 it's always sized as an offset. */
8090 if (use_debug_types
)
8091 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
8092 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
8093 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8095 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8098 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8100 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8101 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8103 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8104 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
8106 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
8107 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
8110 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8112 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8113 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8114 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8116 case dw_val_class_str
:
8117 form
= AT_string_form (a
);
8118 if (form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
8119 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8120 else if (form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
)
8121 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
8123 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
8125 case dw_val_class_file
:
8126 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
8128 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8131 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8132 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8134 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
8135 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8145 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
8146 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
8147 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
8148 die_offset field in each DIE. */
8151 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
8155 gcc_assert (die
->die_offset
== 0
8156 || (unsigned long int) die
->die_offset
== next_die_offset
);
8157 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
8158 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
8160 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
8162 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8163 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
8164 next_die_offset
+= 1;
8167 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
8168 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
8169 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
8170 values for the base types. */
8173 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
8175 unsigned long die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
8177 dw_die_ref base_type
;
8178 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
8179 dw_die_ref prev
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
;
8182 die_offset
+= size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
8183 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
8185 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
8186 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_offset
== 0
8187 && prev
->die_sib
== base_type
8188 && base_type
->die_child
== NULL
8189 && base_type
->die_abbrev
);
8192 base_type
->die_offset
= die_offset
;
8193 die_offset
+= size_of_die (base_type
);
8197 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
8198 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
8199 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
8200 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
8203 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
8207 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
8210 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
8213 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
8216 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
8220 if (! use_debug_types
)
8221 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
8224 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
8227 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
8230 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
8240 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
8242 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8243 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8244 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
8247 /* Calculate if the entry should appear in the final output file. It may be
8248 from a pruned a type. */
8251 include_pubname_in_output (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *table
, pubname_entry
*p
)
8253 /* By limiting gnu pubnames to definitions only, gold can generate a
8254 gdb index without entries for declarations, which don't include
8255 enough information to be useful. */
8256 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2 && is_declaration_die (p
->die
))
8259 if (table
== pubname_table
)
8261 /* Enumerator names are part of the pubname table, but the
8262 parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die may have been pruned.
8263 Don't output them if that is the case. */
8264 if (p
->die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumerator
&&
8265 (p
->die
->die_parent
== NULL
8266 || !p
->die
->die_parent
->die_perennial_p
))
8269 /* Everything else in the pubname table is included. */
8273 /* The pubtypes table shouldn't include types that have been
8275 return (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
8276 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
);
8279 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
8280 generated for the compilation unit. */
8282 static unsigned long
8283 size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
8288 int space_for_flags
= (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2) ? 1 : 0;
8290 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
8291 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, p
)
8292 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, p
))
8293 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1 + space_for_flags
;
8295 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8299 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
8301 static unsigned long
8302 size_of_aranges (void)
8306 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
8308 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
8309 if (text_section_used
)
8310 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8311 if (cold_text_section_used
)
8312 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8313 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
8318 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
8320 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
8322 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
8323 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8324 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
8325 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8329 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
8330 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8334 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
8336 static enum dwarf_form
8337 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
8339 switch (AT_class (a
))
8341 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8342 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
8347 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
8348 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
8349 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
8350 ? DW_FORM_addr
: DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index
);
8354 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8357 return DW_FORM_data1
;
8359 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8361 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8363 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8367 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8368 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8369 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
8370 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
8372 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8373 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8374 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
8377 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8379 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8383 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8384 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
8385 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
8386 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
8389 return DW_FORM_block1
;
8391 return DW_FORM_block2
;
8393 return DW_FORM_block4
;
8397 case dw_val_class_const
:
8398 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
8399 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8400 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
8403 return DW_FORM_data1
;
8405 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8407 /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
8408 DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
8409 constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
8410 a large constant. */
8411 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
8412 return DW_FORM_udata
;
8413 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8415 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
8416 return DW_FORM_udata
;
8417 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8421 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8422 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8425 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8427 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8429 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8432 return DW_FORM_block1
;
8434 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
8435 switch (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8438 return DW_FORM_data1
;
8440 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8442 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8444 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8446 return DW_FORM_block1
;
8448 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8449 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
8450 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8453 return DW_FORM_block1
;
8455 return DW_FORM_block2
;
8457 return DW_FORM_block4
;
8461 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8462 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
8464 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8465 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8466 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8467 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8468 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8469 the same abbrev entry. */
8470 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
8471 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
8473 return DW_FORM_flag
;
8474 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8475 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
8476 return use_debug_types
? DW_FORM_ref_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
8479 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8480 return DW_FORM_data
;
8481 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8482 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
8483 ? DW_FORM_addr
: DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index
);
8484 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8485 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8486 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
8487 case dw_val_class_str
:
8488 return AT_string_form (a
);
8489 case dw_val_class_file
:
8490 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
8493 return DW_FORM_data1
;
8495 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8497 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8502 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8503 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8505 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
8506 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8509 return DW_FORM_data1
;
8511 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8513 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8515 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8525 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
8528 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
8530 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
8532 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
8535 /* Given a die and id, produce the appropriate abbreviations. */
8538 output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long abbrev_id
, dw_die_ref abbrev
)
8543 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
8544 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
8545 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
8547 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8548 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
8550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
8552 for (ix
= 0; vec_safe_iterate (abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, &a_attr
); ix
++)
8554 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
8555 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
8556 output_value_format (a_attr
);
8559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
8560 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
8564 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
8568 output_abbrev_section (void)
8570 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
8572 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
8573 output_die_abbrevs (abbrev_id
, abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
]);
8575 /* Terminate the table. */
8576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
8579 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
8582 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
8584 const char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
8586 gcc_assert (!die
->comdat_type_p
);
8591 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
8592 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
8593 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
8595 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
8597 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
8600 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
8603 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
8604 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
8605 const char *section
)
8607 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_list_node
> ();
8609 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
8610 retlist
->begin_entry
= NULL
;
8612 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
8613 retlist
->section
= section
;
8618 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
8619 hasn't got one yet. */
8622 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
8624 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
8625 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
8628 /* Output the location list given to us. */
8631 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
8633 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
8635 if (list_head
->emitted
)
8637 list_head
->emitted
= true;
8639 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8641 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
8642 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
8645 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
8646 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0 && !curr
->force
)
8648 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
8649 /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could
8650 perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that
8651 in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value
8652 in a single range are unlikely very useful. */
8655 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
8657 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_start_length_entry
,
8658 "Location list start/length entry (%s)",
8659 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->begin_entry
->index
,
8661 "Location list range start index (%s)",
8663 /* The length field is 4 bytes. If we ever need to support
8664 an 8-byte length, we can add a new DW_LLE code or fall back
8665 to DW_LLE_GNU_start_end_entry. */
8666 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
8667 "Location list range length (%s)",
8668 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8670 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
8672 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
8673 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8674 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8675 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
8676 "Location list end address (%s)",
8677 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8681 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
8682 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8683 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8684 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
8685 "Location list end address (%s)",
8686 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8689 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8690 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
8691 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
8693 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
8696 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
8697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_end_of_list_entry
,
8698 "Location list terminator (%s)",
8699 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8702 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
8703 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
8704 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8705 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
8706 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
8707 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8711 /* Output a range_list offset into the debug_range section. Emit a
8712 relocated reference if val_entry is NULL, otherwise, emit an
8713 indirect reference. */
8716 output_range_list_offset (dw_attr_ref a
)
8718 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
8720 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
== RELOCATED_OFFSET
)
8722 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
8723 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8724 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
8725 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
8729 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
8730 "%s (offset from %s)", name
, ranges_section_label
);
8733 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
8736 output_loc_list_offset (dw_attr_ref a
)
8738 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
8741 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
8742 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, loc_section_label
,
8743 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8745 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
8746 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8749 /* Output an attribute's index or value appropriately. */
8752 output_attr_index_or_value (dw_attr_ref a
)
8754 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
8756 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
8758 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
), "%s", name
);
8761 switch (AT_class (a
))
8763 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8764 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
8766 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
8767 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8768 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
8770 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8771 output_loc_list_offset (a
);
8778 /* Output a type signature. */
8781 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
8785 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
8786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
8789 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
8790 the definitions of each child DIE. */
8793 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8800 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
8801 them to point to. */
8802 if (! die
->comdat_type_p
&& die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
8803 output_die_symbol (die
);
8805 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
8806 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
8807 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
8809 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8811 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
8813 switch (AT_class (a
))
8815 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8816 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
8819 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8820 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
8824 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8825 output_range_list_offset (a
);
8828 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8829 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
8831 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8832 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
8833 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
8835 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
8837 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
8840 case dw_val_class_const
:
8841 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
8842 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
8843 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
8844 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
8847 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8849 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
8850 if (dwarf_version
== 3
8851 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
8853 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
8855 dw2_asm_output_data (csize
, AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
8859 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8861 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
8863 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
8864 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
8865 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
8866 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8869 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8871 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
8872 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
8876 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
8877 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
8880 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8882 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8887 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
8890 int len
= get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
);
8891 int l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
8892 if (len
* HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
> 64)
8893 dw2_asm_output_data (1, get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
) * l
,
8896 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8897 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
8899 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
8904 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
8906 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
8913 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8915 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
8916 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
8920 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
8921 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
8922 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
8927 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
8930 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
8931 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
8935 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8936 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
8938 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8939 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8940 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8941 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8942 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8943 the same abbrev entry. */
8944 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
8946 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
8947 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
8950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
8953 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8954 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
8957 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8958 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
8960 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
8962 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
8963 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8965 gcc_assert (type_node
);
8966 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
8970 const char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
8974 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
8975 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
8977 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
8978 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8980 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8981 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
8987 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8988 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
8993 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8997 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
8998 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
8999 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
9004 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9005 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
9006 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
9010 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9011 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
9014 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9015 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
9016 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
9019 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9020 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
9021 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
9024 case dw_val_class_str
:
9025 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
9026 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
9027 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
9029 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
9030 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
)
9031 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
),
9032 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
9034 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
9037 case dw_val_class_file
:
9039 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
9041 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
9042 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
9046 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9050 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
9051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
9052 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
9056 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
9057 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
9058 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "DW_AT_high_pc");
9066 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
9068 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
9069 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
9070 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
9071 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
9074 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
9075 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
9078 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
9080 /* We don't support actual DWARFv5 units yet, we just use some
9081 DWARFv5 draft DIE tags in DWARFv4 format. */
9082 int ver
= dwarf_version
< 5 ? dwarf_version
: 4;
9084 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
9085 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9086 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9087 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
9088 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
9089 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
9090 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
9091 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
9092 debug_abbrev_section
,
9093 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
9094 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
9097 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
9100 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
9102 const char *secname
, *oldsym
;
9105 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
9106 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
9109 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
9110 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
9111 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
9112 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
9113 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
9116 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (die
);
9118 build_abbrev_table (die
, extern_map
);
9122 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
9123 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
9124 calc_die_sizes (die
);
9126 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
9129 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
9131 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
9133 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
9134 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
9138 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
9139 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
9140 info_section_emitted
= true;
9143 /* Output debugging information. */
9144 output_compilation_unit_header ();
9147 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
9152 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
9156 /* Whether to generate the DWARF accelerator tables in .debug_pubnames
9157 and .debug_pubtypes. This is configured per-target, but can be
9158 overridden by the -gpubnames or -gno-pubnames options. */
9161 want_pubnames (void)
9163 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9165 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
!= -1)
9166 return debug_generate_pub_sections
;
9167 return targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
;
9170 /* Add the DW_AT_GNU_pubnames and DW_AT_GNU_pubtypes attributes. */
9173 add_AT_pubnames (dw_die_ref die
)
9175 if (want_pubnames ())
9176 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_pubnames
, 1);
9179 /* Add a string attribute value to a skeleton DIE. */
9182 add_skeleton_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9186 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
9188 if (! skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
9189 skeleton_debug_str_hash
9190 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
9192 node
= find_AT_string_in_table (str
, skeleton_debug_str_hash
);
9193 find_string_form (node
);
9194 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
)
9195 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
9197 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
9198 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
9199 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
9200 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
9201 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
9204 /* Helper function to generate top-level dies for skeleton debug_info and
9208 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (dw_die_ref die
)
9210 const char *dwo_file_name
= concat (aux_base_name
, ".dwo", NULL
);
9211 const char *comp_dir
= comp_dir_string ();
9213 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name
, dwo_file_name
);
9214 if (comp_dir
!= NULL
)
9215 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, comp_dir
);
9216 add_AT_pubnames (die
);
9217 add_AT_lineptr (die
, DW_AT_GNU_addr_base
, debug_addr_section_label
);
9220 /* Output skeleton debug sections that point to the dwo file. */
9223 output_skeleton_debug_sections (dw_die_ref comp_unit
)
9225 /* We don't support actual DWARFv5 units yet, we just use some
9226 DWARFv5 draft DIE tags in DWARFv4 format. */
9227 int ver
= dwarf_version
< 5 ? dwarf_version
: 4;
9229 /* These attributes will be found in the full debug_info section. */
9230 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_producer
);
9231 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_language
);
9233 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_info_section
);
9234 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
);
9236 /* Produce the skeleton compilation-unit header. This one differs enough from
9237 a normal CU header that it's better not to call output_compilation_unit
9239 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
9240 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9241 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9243 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
9244 DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
9245 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
9246 + size_of_die (comp_unit
),
9247 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
9248 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
9249 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
9250 debug_abbrev_section
,
9251 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
9252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
9254 comp_unit
->die_abbrev
= SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
;
9255 output_die (comp_unit
);
9257 /* Build the skeleton debug_abbrev section. */
9258 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
);
9259 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
);
9261 output_die_abbrevs (SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
, comp_unit
);
9263 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of skeleton .debug_abbrev");
9266 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
9269 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
9271 const char *secname
;
9274 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
9278 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
9279 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
9281 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (node
->root_die
);
9283 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
, extern_map
);
9288 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
9289 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
9290 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
9292 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
9293 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
9294 secname
= ".debug_types";
9296 secname
= ".debug_types.dwo";
9298 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
9299 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
9300 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
9301 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
9302 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
9303 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
9304 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
9307 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
9308 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
9309 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
9310 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
9312 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
9315 /* Output debugging information. */
9316 output_compilation_unit_header ();
9317 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
9318 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
9319 "Offset to Type DIE");
9320 output_die (node
->root_die
);
9322 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
9325 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
9328 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
9330 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
9332 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
9335 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
9338 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
9343 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
9344 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
9348 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
9350 if (!want_pubnames ())
9353 /* Don't add items to the table when we expect that the consumer will have
9354 just read the enclosing die. For example, if the consumer is looking at a
9355 class_member, it will either be inside the class already, or will have just
9356 looked up the class to find the member. Either way, searching the class is
9357 faster than searching the index. */
9358 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) && !class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
))
9359 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
9361 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
9364 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
9368 /* Add an enumerator to the pubnames section. */
9371 add_enumerator_pubname (const char *scope_name
, dw_die_ref die
)
9375 gcc_assert (scope_name
);
9376 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
), NULL
);
9378 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
9381 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
9384 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
9388 if (!want_pubnames ())
9391 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9392 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
9393 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
9396 const char *scope_name
= "";
9397 const char *sep
= is_cxx () ? "::" : ".";
9400 scope
= TYPE_P (decl
) ? TYPE_CONTEXT (decl
) : NULL
;
9401 if (scope
&& TREE_CODE (scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
9403 scope_name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (scope
, 1);
9404 if (scope_name
!= NULL
&& scope_name
[0] != '\0')
9405 scope_name
= concat (scope_name
, sep
, NULL
);
9411 name
= type_tag (decl
);
9413 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1);
9415 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
9417 if (name
!= NULL
&& name
[0] != '\0')
9420 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, name
, NULL
);
9421 vec_safe_push (pubtype_table
, e
);
9424 /* Although it might be more consistent to add the pubinfo for the
9425 enumerators as their dies are created, they should only be added if the
9426 enum type meets the criteria above. So rather than re-check the parent
9427 enum type whenever an enumerator die is created, just output them all
9428 here. This isn't protected by the name conditional because anonymous
9429 enums don't have names. */
9430 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumeration_type
)
9434 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_enumerator_pubname (scope_name
, c
));
9439 /* Output a single entry in the pubnames table. */
9442 output_pubname (dw_offset die_offset
, pubname_entry
*entry
)
9444 dw_die_ref die
= entry
->die
;
9445 int is_static
= get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_external
) ? 0 : 1;
9447 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, die_offset
, "DIE offset");
9449 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2)
9451 /* This logic follows gdb's method for determining the value of the flag
9453 uint32_t flags
= GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_NONE
;
9454 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9456 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9457 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9458 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9459 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
9460 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
9462 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
9463 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
9464 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
9465 if (!is_cxx () && !is_java ())
9466 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
9468 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
9469 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
9470 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_FUNCTION
);
9472 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
9474 case DW_TAG_constant
:
9475 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
9476 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
9477 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
9479 case DW_TAG_variable
:
9480 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
9481 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
9482 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
9484 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
9485 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
9486 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
9488 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9489 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9490 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9491 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9492 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9493 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
9494 if (!is_cxx () && !is_java ())
9495 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
9498 /* An unusual tag. Leave the flag-byte empty. */
9501 dw2_asm_output_data (1, flags
>> GDB_INDEX_CU_BITSIZE
,
9505 dw2_asm_output_nstring (entry
->name
, -1, "external name");
9509 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
9510 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
9513 output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
9516 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
9519 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
9520 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9521 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9522 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
, "Pub Info Length");
9524 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is independent of dwarf version. */
9525 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
9527 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
9528 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
9529 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
9530 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9532 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
9534 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9535 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
9536 "Compilation Unit Length");
9538 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, pub
)
9540 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, pub
))
9542 dw_offset die_offset
= pub
->die
->die_offset
;
9544 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
9545 if (names
== pubname_table
&& pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
9546 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
9548 /* If we're putting types in their own .debug_types sections,
9549 the .debug_pubtypes table will still point to the compile
9550 unit (not the type unit), so we want to use the offset of
9551 the skeleton DIE (if there is one). */
9552 if (pub
->die
->comdat_type_p
&& names
== pubtype_table
)
9554 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= pub
->die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9556 if (type_node
!= NULL
)
9557 die_offset
= (type_node
->skeleton_die
!= NULL
9558 ? type_node
->skeleton_die
->die_offset
9559 : comp_unit_die ()->die_offset
);
9562 output_pubname (die_offset
, pub
);
9566 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9569 /* Output public names and types tables if necessary. */
9572 output_pubtables (void)
9574 if (!want_pubnames () || !info_section_emitted
)
9577 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
9578 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
9579 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
9580 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
9581 simply won't look for the section. */
9582 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
9583 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
9587 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
9588 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
9589 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
9592 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length
)
9596 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
9597 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9598 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9599 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
9600 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
9601 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even up to DWARF5. */
9602 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
9603 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
9604 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
9605 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
9606 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9608 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
9610 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
9612 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
9614 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
9615 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
9617 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
9619 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
9620 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9621 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
9622 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
9625 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
9626 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
9627 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
9628 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
9629 confused with the terminator. */
9630 if (text_section_used
)
9632 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
9633 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
9634 text_section_label
, "Length");
9636 if (cold_text_section_used
)
9638 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
9640 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
9641 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
9644 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
9649 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
9651 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
9653 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
9655 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
9657 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
9658 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, "Length");
9660 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
9662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
9664 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
9665 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, "Length");
9670 /* Output the terminator words. */
9671 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9672 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9675 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
9679 add_ranges_num (int num
)
9681 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
9683 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
9685 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9686 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
9687 ranges_table_allocated
);
9688 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
9689 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
9692 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
9693 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
9695 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9698 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
9699 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
9702 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
9704 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
9707 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of labels.
9708 When using dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined
9709 for the final executable should be direct references--setting the
9710 parameter force_direct ensures this behavior. */
9713 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
9714 bool *added
, bool force_direct
)
9716 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
9717 unsigned int offset
;
9719 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
9721 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9722 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
9724 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
9725 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
9726 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
9727 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
9730 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
9731 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
9732 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
9734 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
9737 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
, force_direct
);
9743 output_ranges (void)
9746 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
9747 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
9749 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
9751 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
9755 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9756 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9758 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
9759 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
9761 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
9762 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
9763 base of the text section. */
9764 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
9766 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
9768 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9769 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
9770 text_section_label
, NULL
);
9773 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
9774 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
9775 about whether the target supports cross-section
9779 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
9780 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9781 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
9787 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
9788 else if (block_num
< 0)
9790 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
9792 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
9796 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
9797 function section, all we have to do is to take out
9799 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9800 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
9802 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9803 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9804 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
9805 text_section_label
, NULL
);
9810 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9811 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
9812 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9813 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9814 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
9820 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9821 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9827 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
9830 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
9831 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
9832 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
9833 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
9834 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
9837 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
9841 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
9842 int length
; /* Path length. */
9843 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
9844 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
9845 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
9848 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
9849 the directories in the path. */
9852 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
9854 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
9855 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
9856 const unsigned char *cp1
;
9857 const unsigned char *cp2
;
9859 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
9860 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
9861 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
9862 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
9863 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
9864 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
9865 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
9867 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
9868 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
9874 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
9875 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
9876 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
9877 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
9878 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
9880 /* Character of current path component the same? */
9881 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
9886 struct file_name_acquire_data
9888 struct file_info
*files
;
9893 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
9896 file_name_acquire (dwarf_file_data
**slot
, file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
)
9898 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
9899 struct file_info
*fi
;
9902 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
9904 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
9907 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
9909 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
9911 /* Skip all leading "./". */
9913 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
9916 /* Create a new array entry. */
9918 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
9921 /* Search for the file name part. */
9922 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
9923 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
9925 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
9929 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
9935 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
9939 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
9940 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
9941 slowdowns with many input files. */
9944 output_file_names (void)
9946 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
9948 struct file_info
*files
;
9949 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
9957 if (!last_emitted_file
)
9959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9964 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
9966 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
9967 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
9968 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
9971 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
9972 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
9973 file_table
->traverse
<file_name_acquire_data
*, file_name_acquire
> (&fnad
);
9974 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
9976 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
9978 /* Find all the different directories used. */
9979 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
9980 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
9981 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
9983 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
9984 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
9987 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
9988 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
9989 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
9990 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
9992 /* Same directory as last entry. */
9993 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
9994 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
10000 /* This is a new directory. */
10001 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
10002 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
10003 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
10004 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
10005 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
10007 /* Search for a prefix. */
10008 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
10009 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
10010 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
10011 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
10012 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
10013 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
10014 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
10015 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
10020 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
10021 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
10022 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
10023 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
10024 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
10025 results in most cases and never is much off. */
10026 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
10027 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
10029 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
10030 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
10035 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
10036 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
10037 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
10038 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
10040 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
10043 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
10045 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
10049 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
10050 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
10051 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
10055 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
10056 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
10058 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
10059 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
10064 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
10066 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
10068 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
10069 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
10070 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
10072 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
10073 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
10075 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
10076 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
10081 /* Emit the directory name table. */
10082 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
10083 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
10084 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
10086 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
10087 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
10089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
10091 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
10092 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
10093 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
10094 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
10095 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
10096 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
10098 /* Now write all the file names. */
10099 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
10101 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
10102 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
10104 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10105 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
10107 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
10108 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
10113 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
10114 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
10115 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
10116 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
10118 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
10119 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
10120 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
10122 dw2_asm_output_nstring
10123 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
10125 /* Include directory index. */
10126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
10128 /* Modification time. */
10129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
10130 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
10134 /* File length in bytes. */
10135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
10136 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
10140 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
10141 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
10143 /* Include directory index. */
10144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
10146 /* Modification time. */
10147 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
10149 /* File length in bytes. */
10150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
10151 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
10154 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
10158 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
10161 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table
*table
)
10163 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10164 unsigned int current_line
= 1;
10165 bool current_is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
10166 dw_line_info_entry
*ent
;
10169 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (table
->entries
, i
, ent
)
10171 switch (ent
->opcode
)
10173 case LI_set_address
:
10174 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
10175 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
10176 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
10177 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
10178 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
10179 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
10180 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
10182 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
10183 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
10184 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label
);
10185 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
10186 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
10187 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
10191 if (ent
->val
== current_line
)
10193 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
10194 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
,
10195 "copy line %u", current_line
);
10199 int line_offset
= ent
->val
- current_line
;
10200 int line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
10202 current_line
= ent
->val
;
10203 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
10205 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
10206 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
10207 This takes 1 byte. */
10208 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
10209 "line %u", current_line
);
10213 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
10214 depending on the value being encoded. */
10215 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
10216 "advance to line %u", current_line
);
10217 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
10218 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, NULL
);
10224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "set file %u", ent
->val
);
10225 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
10228 case LI_set_column
:
10229 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column
, "column %u", ent
->val
);
10230 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
10233 case LI_negate_stmt
:
10234 current_is_stmt
= !current_is_stmt
;
10235 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt
,
10236 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt
);
10239 case LI_set_prologue_end
:
10240 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end
,
10241 "set prologue end");
10244 case LI_set_epilogue_begin
:
10245 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin
,
10246 "set epilogue begin");
10249 case LI_set_discriminator
:
10250 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent
->val
);
10251 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent
->val
), NULL
);
10252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator
, NULL
);
10253 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, NULL
);
10258 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
10259 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table
->end_label
);
10260 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
10261 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
10262 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, table
->end_label
, NULL
);
10264 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
10265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
10266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
10269 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
10270 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
10273 output_line_info (bool prologue_only
)
10275 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
10276 /* We don't support DWARFv5 line tables yet. */
10277 int ver
= dwarf_version
< 5 ? dwarf_version
: 4;
10278 bool saw_one
= false;
10281 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
10282 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
10283 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
10284 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
10286 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10287 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10288 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10289 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
10290 "Length of Source Line Info");
10291 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
10293 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
10294 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
10295 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
10297 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
10298 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
10299 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
10300 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
10301 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
10302 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
10303 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
10304 and don't let the target override. */
10305 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
10308 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
10309 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
10310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
10311 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
10312 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
10313 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
10314 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
10315 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
10316 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
10317 "Special Opcode Base");
10319 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
10324 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
10325 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
10326 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
10327 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
10328 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
10329 case DW_LNS_set_isa
:
10337 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
10341 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
10342 output_file_names ();
10343 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
10346 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
10347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
10351 if (separate_line_info
)
10353 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
10356 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*separate_line_info
, i
, table
)
10359 output_one_line_info_table (table
);
10363 if (cold_text_section_line_info
&& cold_text_section_line_info
->in_use
)
10365 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info
);
10369 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
10370 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
10371 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
10372 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
10373 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
10374 if (text_section_line_info
->in_use
|| !saw_one
)
10375 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info
);
10377 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
10378 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
10381 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
10382 a DIE that describes the given type.
10384 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
10385 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
10388 base_type_die (tree type
)
10390 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
10391 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
10393 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
10396 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
10397 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
10398 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10399 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10401 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10404 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
10405 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
10406 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10407 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
10408 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10410 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
10411 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
10412 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
10414 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
10418 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
10420 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
10421 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
10423 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
10425 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
10426 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
10428 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
10432 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
10434 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
10435 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
10437 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
10440 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
10443 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
10444 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
10445 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
10446 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
10447 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
10449 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
10452 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
10453 a user defined type for it. */
10455 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
10456 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
10458 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
10462 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
10463 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
10467 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
10468 gcc_unreachable ();
10471 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
10473 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
10474 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
10475 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
10476 add_pubtype (type
, base_type_result
);
10478 return base_type_result
;
10481 /* A C++ function with deduced return type can have a TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM
10482 named 'auto' in its type: return true for it, false otherwise. */
10485 is_cxx_auto (tree type
)
10489 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
10490 if (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
10491 || name
== get_identifier ("decltype(auto)"))
10497 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
10498 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
10501 is_base_type (tree type
)
10503 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10509 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
10512 case POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE
:
10518 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10519 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10520 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
10523 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
10531 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
10533 gcc_unreachable ();
10539 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
10540 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
10541 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
10542 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
10543 ERROR_MARK node. */
10545 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
10546 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
10548 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10549 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
10550 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
10552 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE (type
)))
10553 return tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
10555 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
10558 /* Similarly, but return an offset_int instead of UHWI. */
10560 static inline offset_int
10561 offset_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
10563 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10564 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
10565 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
10567 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
10568 return wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
10570 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
10573 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
10574 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
10577 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10579 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10580 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
10582 if (context_die
== NULL
)
10583 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
10585 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
10587 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
10589 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
10590 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
10591 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
10595 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
, NULL
);
10597 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
, NULL
);
10599 return subrange_die
;
10602 /* Returns the (const and/or volatile) cv_qualifiers associated with
10603 the decl node. This will normally be augmented with the
10604 cv_qualifiers of the underlying type in add_type_attribute. */
10607 decl_quals (const_tree decl
)
10609 return ((TREE_READONLY (decl
)
10610 ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)
10611 | (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
10612 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
));
10615 /* Determine the TYPE whose qualifiers match the largest strict subset
10616 of the given TYPE_QUALS, and return its qualifiers. Ignore all
10617 qualifiers outside QUAL_MASK. */
10620 get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (tree type
, int type_quals
, int qual_mask
)
10623 int best_rank
= 0, best_qual
= 0, max_rank
;
10625 type_quals
&= qual_mask
;
10626 max_rank
= popcount_hwi (type_quals
) - 1;
10628 for (t
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
); t
&& best_rank
< max_rank
;
10629 t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
10631 int q
= TYPE_QUALS (t
) & qual_mask
;
10633 if ((q
& type_quals
) == q
&& q
!= type_quals
10634 && check_base_type (t
, type
))
10636 int rank
= popcount_hwi (q
);
10638 if (rank
> best_rank
)
10649 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
10650 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
10653 modified_type_die (tree type
, int cv_quals
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10655 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10656 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
10657 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
10658 tree item_type
= NULL
;
10659 tree qualified_type
;
10660 tree name
, low
, high
;
10661 dw_die_ref mod_scope
;
10662 /* Only these cv-qualifiers are currently handled. */
10663 const int cv_qual_mask
= (TYPE_QUAL_CONST
| TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
10664 | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
| TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
);
10666 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
10669 cv_quals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
10671 /* Don't emit DW_TAG_restrict_type for DWARFv2, since it is a type
10672 tag modifier (and not an attribute) old consumers won't be able
10674 if (dwarf_version
< 3)
10675 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
;
10677 /* Likewise for DW_TAG_atomic_type for DWARFv5. */
10678 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
10679 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
;
10681 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
10683 qualified_type
= get_qualified_type (type
, cv_quals
);
10685 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
10686 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
10687 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
10689 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
10691 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10692 && TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
10693 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
)
10694 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
10695 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
));
10696 qualified_type
= t
;
10699 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
10700 if (qualified_type
)
10702 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
10704 return mod_type_die
;
10707 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
10709 /* Handle C typedef types. */
10710 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
10711 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
10713 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
10715 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
10717 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
10718 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
10719 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
10723 int dquals
= TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (dtype
);
10724 dquals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
10725 if ((dquals
& ~cv_quals
) != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
10726 || (cv_quals
== dquals
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
10727 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use
10728 the unnamed type to which it refers. */
10729 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
10730 cv_quals
, context_die
);
10731 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
10735 mod_scope
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10739 struct qual_info
{ int q
; enum dwarf_tag t
; };
10740 static const struct qual_info qual_info
[] =
10742 { TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
, DW_TAG_atomic_type
},
10743 { TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
, DW_TAG_restrict_type
},
10744 { TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
, DW_TAG_volatile_type
},
10745 { TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, DW_TAG_const_type
},
10750 /* Determine a lesser qualified type that most closely matches
10751 this one. Then generate DW_TAG_* entries for the remaining
10753 sub_quals
= get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (type
, cv_quals
,
10755 mod_type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, sub_quals
, context_die
);
10757 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (qual_info
) / sizeof (qual_info
[0]); i
++)
10758 if (qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
& ~sub_quals
)
10760 dw_die_ref d
= new_die (qual_info
[i
].t
, mod_scope
, type
);
10762 add_AT_die_ref (d
, DW_AT_type
, mod_type_die
);
10766 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
10768 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, mod_scope
, type
);
10769 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
10770 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
10771 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10772 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
10773 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
10774 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
10776 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
10778 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
10779 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, mod_scope
,
10782 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, mod_scope
, type
);
10783 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
10784 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
10785 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10786 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
10787 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
10788 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
10790 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
10791 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
10792 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
10794 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
10795 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10797 else if (is_base_type (type
))
10798 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
10801 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10803 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
10804 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
10805 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
10806 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
10807 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
10809 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
10810 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
10812 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
10813 not the main variant. */
10814 return lookup_type_die (type
);
10817 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
10818 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
10819 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
10820 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
10821 if the base type already has the same name. */
10823 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
10824 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
10825 || (cv_quals
== TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)))
10826 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
10827 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
10828 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
10830 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
10831 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
10832 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
10833 useful source coordinates anyway. */
10834 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
10835 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
10837 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
10838 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
10840 name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
10841 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
,
10842 name
? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
) : "__unknown__");
10845 if (qualified_type
)
10846 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
10849 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
10850 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
10851 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
10852 types are possible in Ada. */
10853 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
10854 TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
),
10857 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
10858 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
10860 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
, context_die
);
10861 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
10862 add_AT_flag (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10864 return mod_type_die
;
10867 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
10868 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
10869 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
10872 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
10876 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
10879 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
10883 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
10884 else if (DECL_P (t
))
10885 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
10889 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
10891 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
10892 or function. End of story. */
10895 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
10896 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
10897 if (TREE_CHAIN (args
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_CHAIN (args
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
10898 non_default
= int_cst_value (TREE_CHAIN (args
));
10900 non_default
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (args
);
10901 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
10903 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
10904 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10906 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
10907 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
10908 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
10909 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
10911 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
10913 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
10914 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
10915 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
10916 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
10917 an argument pack. */
10918 if (arg_pack_elems
)
10919 parm_die
= template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
10923 parm_die
= generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
10924 true /* emit name */, die
);
10925 if (i
>= non_default
)
10926 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_default_value
, 1);
10931 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
10932 the representation of a generic type parameter.
10933 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
10934 ARG is the argument to PARM.
10935 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
10937 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
10938 as a child node. */
10941 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
10943 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
10945 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
10946 const char *name
= NULL
;
10948 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
10951 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
10952 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
10953 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
10955 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10956 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
10957 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
10958 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
10959 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
10960 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
10961 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
10962 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
10963 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
10964 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
10965 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
10966 name of the template template argument. */
10967 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
10970 gcc_unreachable ();
10976 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
10977 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
10978 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
10979 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
10983 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
10985 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
10988 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
10990 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
10991 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
10992 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
10993 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
10994 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
10995 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
10996 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
,
10997 (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
)
10998 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
),
11003 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
11004 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
11005 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
11007 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
11008 to the name of the argument. */
11009 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
11011 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
11014 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11015 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
11016 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
11017 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
11019 We must be careful here:
11020 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
11021 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
11022 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
11023 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
11024 emitted after cgraph computations.
11025 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
11026 after cgraph is ready. */
11027 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
11033 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
11034 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
11035 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
11038 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
11039 tree parm_pack_args
,
11040 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
11045 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
11047 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
11048 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
11049 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
11050 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
11051 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
11052 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
11057 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
11058 an enumerated type. */
11061 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
11063 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
11066 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
11068 static unsigned int
11069 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
11071 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
11073 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
11075 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
11076 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
11078 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
11079 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
11080 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
11084 regno
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
11085 gcc_assert (regno
!= INVALID_REGNUM
);
11089 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
11090 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
11091 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
11094 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
11096 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11098 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
11100 /* Find the end of the chain. */
11101 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
11104 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
11105 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
11109 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
11110 zero if there is none. */
11112 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11113 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
11117 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
11120 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
11121 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
11122 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
11123 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
11124 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
11125 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
11126 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
11128 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
11130 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
11132 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, GET_MODE (rtl
), VOIDmode
,
11135 add_loc_descr (&result
,
11136 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
11141 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
11143 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
11144 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
11147 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
11148 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
11150 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
, initialized
);
11154 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
11155 a given hard register number. */
11157 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11158 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
11160 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
11164 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
11166 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
11168 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
11169 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
11171 return reg_loc_descr
;
11174 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
11175 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
11177 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11178 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
11179 enum var_init_status initialized
)
11182 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
11184 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
11185 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
11187 unsigned reg
= REGNO (rtl
);
11190 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
11191 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
11193 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
11194 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
11195 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
11199 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
11200 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
11202 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
11207 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
11209 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
11210 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11211 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
11212 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
11218 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
11220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
11222 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
11225 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
11227 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
11229 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
11230 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11231 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
11232 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
11235 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
11236 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
11240 static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
11242 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
11243 as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
11246 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11247 int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
11249 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
);
11250 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
11251 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
11255 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
11257 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11258 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
11260 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
11262 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
11263 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
11266 int clz
= clz_hwi (i
);
11267 int ctz
= ctz_hwi (i
);
11269 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
11270 else if (i
<= 0xff)
11271 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
11272 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
11273 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
11274 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
11275 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11276 /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
11277 DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
11278 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
11279 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 5);
11280 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
11281 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11282 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
11283 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
11284 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
11285 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
11286 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
11287 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
11288 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11289 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
11290 while DW_OP_constu of constant >= 0x100000000 takes at least
11292 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
11293 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
11294 && clz
+ 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
11295 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11296 /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
11297 DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes,
11298 while DW_OP_constu takes in this case at least 6 bytes. */
11299 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 16);
11300 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
11301 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11302 && size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 6)
11303 /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
11304 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 32);
11311 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
11312 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
11313 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
11314 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
11316 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
) < 5)
11318 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
11319 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
11322 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
11326 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
)
11327 < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
))
11329 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
11330 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
11337 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
11340 /* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
11341 without actually allocating it. */
11343 static unsigned long
11344 size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
11346 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
)
11347 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
)
11351 /* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
11352 actually allocating it. */
11354 static unsigned long
11355 size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
11364 else if (i
<= 0xff)
11366 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
11370 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
11371 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11372 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11374 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
11375 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11376 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11378 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
11380 s
= size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
11381 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
11382 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11383 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11385 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
11386 && clz
+ 16 + (s
> 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11387 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11389 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
11390 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11392 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11401 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
11403 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
11405 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
11407 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
11415 unsigned long r
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
11416 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
11418 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
11427 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
11428 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
11430 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11431 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
11434 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
11436 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
11439 litsize
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
);
11440 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
11441 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
11442 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
11443 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
11444 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
11445 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
11447 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
11448 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
11449 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
11453 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
11455 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
11456 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
11460 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
11462 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11463 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
11464 enum var_init_status initialized
)
11466 unsigned int regno
;
11467 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
11468 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
11470 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
11471 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
11472 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
11473 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
11474 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
11476 rtx elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
11477 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
11478 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
11482 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
11484 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
11485 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
11487 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
11488 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
11489 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
11490 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
11491 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
11492 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
11494 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
11495 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
11496 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
11497 access stack variables. */
11498 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
11499 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
11502 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
11503 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
11505 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
11508 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
);
11509 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
11510 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
11514 regno
= REGNO (reg
);
11515 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
11516 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
11518 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
11519 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
11520 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
11523 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (regno
);
11525 if (!optimize
&& fde
11526 && (fde
->drap_reg
== regno
|| fde
->vdrap_reg
== regno
))
11528 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
11529 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
11530 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
11531 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
11532 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
11533 else in other part of the routine. */
11534 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
11538 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
11541 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
11543 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
11544 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
11549 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
11552 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
11554 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
11555 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
11556 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
11557 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
11560 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
11563 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11564 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
11567 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
11569 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem
))
11572 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
11574 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
11575 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
11578 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1, NULL
);
11579 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
11582 if (MEM_OFFSET (mem
))
11583 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, MEM_OFFSET (mem
));
11588 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
11592 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
11594 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
11596 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
11598 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
11601 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
11602 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
11604 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
11608 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output. */
11611 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx rtl
)
11613 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
11615 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
11616 we can't express it in the debug info. */
11617 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
11618 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
11619 delegitimize. Note this could be a non-decl SYMBOL_REF such as
11620 one in a constant pool entry, so testing SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL
11621 rather than DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P is not just an optimization. */
11622 if (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) == 0
11623 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
11624 || SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
11625 inform (current_function_decl
11626 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
11627 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
11628 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
11629 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
11630 ((XINT (rtl
, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl
, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES
)
11631 ? unspec_strings
[XINT (rtl
, 1)] : "unknown"),
11634 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
11638 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
11639 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
11643 if (targetm
.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl
))
11645 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
11646 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
11650 /* FIXME: Refer to PR60655. It is possible for simplification
11651 of rtl expressions in var tracking to produce such expressions.
11652 We should really identify / validate expressions
11653 enclosed in CONST that can be handled by assemblers on various
11654 targets and only handle legitimate cases here. */
11655 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
11657 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == NOT
)
11662 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
11665 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
11666 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
11667 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
11670 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
11671 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
11676 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
11679 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
11680 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
11681 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
11682 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
11683 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
11684 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
11686 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
11688 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
11690 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
11691 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
11699 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
11700 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
11701 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
11704 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
11706 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
11707 return const_ok_for_output_1 (rtl
);
11709 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
11711 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
11712 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
11713 if (!const_ok_for_output_1 (*iter
))
11721 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
11722 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
11725 base_type_for_mode (machine_mode mode
, bool unsignedp
)
11727 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11728 tree type
= lang_hooks
.types
.type_for_mode (mode
, unsignedp
);
11732 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11740 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11742 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, comp_unit_die ());
11743 if (type_die
== NULL
|| type_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_base_type
)
11748 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
11749 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
11750 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
11753 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11754 convert_descriptor_to_mode (machine_mode mode
, dw_loc_descr_ref op
)
11756 machine_mode outer_mode
= mode
;
11757 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11758 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
11760 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11762 add_loc_descr (&op
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0));
11765 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (outer_mode
, 1);
11766 if (type_die
== NULL
)
11768 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
11769 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
11770 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
11771 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
11772 add_loc_descr (&op
, cvt
);
11776 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
11778 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11779 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, dw_loc_descr_ref op0
,
11780 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
11782 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= op0
;
11783 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
11784 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
11785 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
11787 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
11788 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
11793 /* Return location descriptor for signed comparison OP RTL. */
11795 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11796 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
11797 machine_mode mem_mode
)
11799 machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
11800 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
11803 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
11804 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
11805 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
11809 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
11810 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
11813 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
11814 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11815 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
11816 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11818 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
11821 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
11822 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11823 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
11825 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11827 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (op_mode
, 0);
11828 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
11830 if (type_die
== NULL
)
11832 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
11833 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
11834 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
11835 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
11836 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
11837 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
11838 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
11839 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
11840 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
11841 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
11842 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
11845 shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
11846 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
11847 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
11848 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
11850 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
11851 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
11853 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
11855 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
11856 whether they are zero extended or not. */
11857 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
11858 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
11859 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
11860 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
11861 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
11862 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
11863 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
11864 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
11865 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
11866 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
11867 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
11869 /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
11870 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
11871 DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
11874 DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
11875 DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
11876 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
11877 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11878 && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
) + 1
11879 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
)
11880 >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)) + 1
11881 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
11882 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
11884 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)));
11885 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
11886 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
11887 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
));
11888 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
11891 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
11892 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
11893 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
11894 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
11897 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
11898 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
11900 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
11903 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
11905 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11906 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
11907 machine_mode mem_mode
)
11909 machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
11910 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
11912 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
11913 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
11914 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
11916 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
11919 if (dwarf_strict
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11922 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
11923 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11924 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
11925 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11927 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
11930 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11932 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
11933 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
11934 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
11936 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
11938 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
11939 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
11940 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
11941 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
11942 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
11944 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
11945 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
11947 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
11948 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
11949 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
11950 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
11951 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
11953 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
11954 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
11957 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11959 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
11960 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
11961 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
11962 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
11963 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
11964 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
11966 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
11969 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
11972 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
11974 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11975 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
11976 machine_mode mem_mode
)
11978 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
11979 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
;
11980 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
11983 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
11984 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
11987 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
11988 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11989 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
11990 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11992 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
11995 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
11996 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
11997 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
11998 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
12000 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12002 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (mode
);
12003 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
12004 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
12005 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
12006 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
12008 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12010 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
12011 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
12012 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
12013 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
12016 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
12017 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12019 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12020 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12021 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12022 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12023 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12025 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
12026 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12028 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0);
12029 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
12030 if (type_die
== NULL
)
12032 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
12033 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12034 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
12035 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12036 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
12037 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
12038 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12039 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
12040 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12041 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
12044 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
12049 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
12050 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12051 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
12052 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
12053 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12054 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
12055 add_loc_descr (&ret
, drop_node
);
12056 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12057 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
12058 if ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMAX
)
12059 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
12060 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12061 ret
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode
, ret
);
12065 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
12066 but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
12067 convert back to unsigned. */
12069 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12070 typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
, dw_die_ref type_die
,
12071 machine_mode mode
, machine_mode mem_mode
)
12073 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
, op0
, op1
;
12075 if (type_die
== NULL
)
12077 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12078 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12079 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
12080 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12081 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
12083 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
12084 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12085 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
12086 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12087 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
12088 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
12089 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12090 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
12091 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12092 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
12093 add_loc_descr (&op0
, op1
);
12094 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12095 return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode
, op0
);
12098 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
12099 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
12100 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
12101 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
12103 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
12104 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
12105 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
12106 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
12111 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
12112 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
12113 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
12114 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
12119 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
12120 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
12121 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
12122 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
12126 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12127 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
12128 machine_mode mem_mode
)
12130 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
12131 HOST_WIDE_INT valv
;
12132 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
12133 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
12134 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump
, l3label
;
12135 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump
, l4label
;
12138 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
12139 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
12142 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12143 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12147 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
)
12149 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
12150 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
12152 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
)
12154 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
12155 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
12156 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
12157 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
12158 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
12159 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
12160 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv
), mode
, mem_mode
,
12161 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12164 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12165 l4jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
12166 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4jump
);
12167 l1label
= mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
12168 ? const1_rtx
: const0_rtx
,
12170 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12171 if (l1label
== NULL
)
12173 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
12174 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12175 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
12176 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
12177 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != CLZ
)
12179 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
12180 msb
= GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
12181 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 1));
12183 msb
= immed_wide_int_const
12184 (wi::set_bit_in_zero (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
) - 1,
12185 GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
)), mode
);
12186 if (GET_CODE (msb
) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (msb
) < 0)
12187 tmp
= new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12188 ? DW_OP_const4u
: HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
12189 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
, INTVAL (msb
), 0);
12191 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (msb
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12192 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12195 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12196 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
12197 l3jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
12198 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3jump
);
12199 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12200 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12203 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12204 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
12205 ? DW_OP_shl
: DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
12206 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12207 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, 1, 0));
12208 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12209 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
12210 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
12211 l3label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
12212 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3label
);
12213 l4label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
12214 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4label
);
12215 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12216 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
12217 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12218 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
12219 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12220 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l3label
;
12221 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12222 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l4label
;
12226 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
12227 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
12229 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
12230 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
12234 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
12235 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
12238 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12239 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
12240 machine_mode mem_mode
)
12242 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
12243 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
12244 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
12246 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
12247 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
12250 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12251 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12255 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12256 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12259 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12260 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12261 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
12262 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
12263 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
12264 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
12265 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
12266 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
12267 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12268 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12271 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12272 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
12273 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == POPCOUNT
12274 ? DW_OP_plus
: DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
12275 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12276 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12277 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12278 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12279 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
12280 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
12281 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
12282 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
12283 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
12284 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12285 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
12286 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12287 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
12291 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
12293 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
12294 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
12295 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
12296 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
12297 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
12299 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12300 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
12301 machine_mode mem_mode
)
12303 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
12304 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
12305 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
12307 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
12308 || BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 8
12309 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 32
12310 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 64))
12313 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12314 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12319 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
12321 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12324 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12325 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12326 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12329 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12330 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0);
12331 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
12332 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
12334 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12335 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12336 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 3, 0));
12337 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
12338 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
12339 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode
, mem_mode
,
12340 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12343 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12344 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
12345 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0));
12346 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12347 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
12348 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12349 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
12350 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12351 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12352 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12353 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq
, 0, 0));
12354 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
12355 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
12356 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode
, mem_mode
,
12357 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12358 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
12359 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
12360 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12361 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
12362 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
12363 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
12364 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
12365 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12366 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
12367 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12368 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
12369 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12370 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
12374 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
12375 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
12376 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
12377 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
12379 ROTATERT is similar:
12380 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
12381 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
12382 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
12384 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12385 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
12386 machine_mode mem_mode
)
12388 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
12389 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
, mask
[2] = { NULL
, NULL
};
12392 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
12395 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1
) != VOIDmode
12396 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1
)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
12397 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, rtlop1
);
12398 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12399 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12400 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12401 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12402 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
12404 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12405 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12407 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
12408 mask
[i
] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode
)),
12410 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12411 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
12412 mask
[i
] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12414 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
12415 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
,
12416 GET_MODE_MASK (mode
), 0);
12419 if (mask
[i
] == NULL
)
12421 add_loc_descr (&mask
[i
], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
12424 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
12425 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
12426 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
12427 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATERT
)
12429 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
12430 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
12431 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
12433 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12434 if (mask
[0] != NULL
)
12435 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[0]);
12436 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
12437 if (mask
[1] != NULL
)
12439 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12440 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[1]);
12441 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
12443 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATE
)
12445 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
12446 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
12447 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
12449 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
12450 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
12454 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
12455 for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
12457 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12458 parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
12460 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
12465 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
);
12466 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
));
12467 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
, 0, 0);
12470 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12471 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
12472 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12476 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
12477 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
);
12482 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12483 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12484 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12485 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12487 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12488 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12489 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12490 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12492 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
12494 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12495 autoincrement addressing modes.
12497 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12500 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
12501 machine_mode mem_mode
,
12502 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12504 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
12505 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12506 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
12507 rtx inner
= NULL_RTX
;
12509 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
12510 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
12512 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12513 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12514 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12515 zeroth element of the array. */
12517 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
12519 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (rtl
) && GET_MODE (rtl
) != VOIDmode
)
12522 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
12527 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
12530 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12531 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12532 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12533 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12534 contains the given subreg. */
12535 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
12537 inner
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
12539 if (inner
== NULL_RTX
)
12540 inner
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
12541 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
12542 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (inner
)) == MODE_INT
12543 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12544 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12545 || (mode
== Pmode
&& mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
)
12548 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12550 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
12552 mem_mode
, initialized
);
12557 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
)))
12559 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
))
12560 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
12561 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (inner
)) != MODE_INT
))
12565 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12566 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
12568 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
12570 mem_mode
, initialized
);
12571 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
12573 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
,
12574 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
);
12575 if (type_die
== NULL
)
12577 mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
12580 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)
12581 != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
)))
12582 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
12584 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
, 0, 0);
12585 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12586 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
12587 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12588 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
12593 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
12594 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12595 && rtl
!= arg_pointer_rtx
12596 && rtl
!= frame_pointer_rtx
12597 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12598 && (mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
12602 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12603 unsigned int dbx_regnum
;
12607 if (REGNO (rtl
) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12609 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
,
12610 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
);
12611 if (type_die
== NULL
)
12614 dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
12615 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
12617 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
,
12619 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12620 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
12621 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12624 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12625 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12626 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12627 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12628 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12629 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12630 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12631 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12632 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12633 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12634 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12635 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12636 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12637 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12638 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12639 else if (stack_realign_drap
12641 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
12642 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12644 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12645 out, use DRAP instead. */
12646 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
12647 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12653 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
12655 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
12656 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12659 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
12660 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12661 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
12662 < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
12663 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
12664 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
12666 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= 4)
12668 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
12669 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12670 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
12671 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (imode
)));
12672 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
12674 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12676 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12677 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
12678 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12679 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
12683 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12684 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12685 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12686 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12687 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12689 else if (!dwarf_strict
)
12691 dw_die_ref type_die1
, type_die2
;
12692 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
12694 type_die1
= base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
12695 GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
);
12696 if (type_die1
== NULL
)
12698 type_die2
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 1);
12699 if (type_die2
== NULL
)
12701 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12702 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
12703 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12704 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die1
;
12705 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12706 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
12707 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
12708 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12709 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die2
;
12710 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12711 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
12717 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
12718 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
12720 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12722 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
12723 return mem_loc_result
;
12726 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
12727 get_address_mode (rtl
), mode
,
12728 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12729 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
12730 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
12731 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
12733 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12734 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
12736 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12737 dw_loc_descr_ref deref
;
12742 = base_type_for_mode (mode
, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
);
12743 if (type_die
== NULL
)
12745 deref
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
,
12746 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
12747 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
12748 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
12749 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
12750 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, deref
);
12752 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12753 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
12755 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
12756 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
12757 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
12762 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
12765 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
12766 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
12770 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
12771 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
12772 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12773 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12774 && (mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
12778 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
12779 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
12781 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
12783 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
12784 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
12787 temp
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_true
);
12789 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
12790 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
12795 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
12799 mem_loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
12800 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
12806 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
12807 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12808 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
12814 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)))
12816 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
12817 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12818 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
12819 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12822 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
));
12823 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
12825 op0
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
,
12826 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12829 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
))
12830 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), 0)))
12832 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
12833 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12834 if (op0
&& op0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
)
12838 gcc_unreachable ();
12841 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
, 0, 0);
12842 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
12843 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= op0
;
12846 case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
:
12847 mem_loc_result
= parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl
);
12851 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
12852 PLUS code below. */
12853 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
12858 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
12860 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
12861 gen_int_mode (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
12862 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
)
12863 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
),
12866 /* ... fall through ... */
12870 if (is_based_loc (rtl
)
12871 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12872 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
12873 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
)
12874 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
12875 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
12876 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
12877 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12880 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12881 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12882 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
12885 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
12886 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12887 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
12890 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
12891 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12894 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
12895 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
12896 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
12901 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
12902 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
12913 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
12914 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12916 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
12917 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
12941 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
12943 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12944 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12946 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
12947 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1
) != VOIDmode
12948 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1
))
12949 < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
12950 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, rtlop1
);
12951 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, mode
, mem_mode
,
12952 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12955 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
12958 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12959 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
12960 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12976 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12977 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12978 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
12979 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12981 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
12984 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12985 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
12986 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12990 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
&& !dwarf_strict
)
12992 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_mod
, rtl
,
12993 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
12998 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
12999 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13000 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
13001 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13003 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13006 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13007 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13008 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13009 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13010 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13011 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13012 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13016 if (!dwarf_strict
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
13018 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13023 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
13024 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 1),
13042 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
13043 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13048 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13049 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13053 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13054 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
13056 && mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
13057 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), ptr_mode
) == INTVAL (rtl
))
13061 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13065 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
13066 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
))
13068 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 1);
13069 machine_mode amode
;
13070 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13072 amode
= mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
,
13074 if (INTVAL (rtl
) >= 0
13075 && amode
!= BLKmode
13076 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), amode
) == INTVAL (rtl
)
13077 /* const DW_OP_GNU_convert <XXX> vs.
13078 DW_OP_GNU_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
13079 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
)) + 1 + 1
13080 < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
))
13082 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13083 op0
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
13084 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13085 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
13086 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13087 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
13088 return mem_loc_result
;
13090 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type
, 0,
13092 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13093 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
13094 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13095 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13096 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13099 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
13100 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
13101 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
13102 = double_int::from_shwi (INTVAL (rtl
));
13110 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13112 /* Note that if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0, a
13113 CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either a large integer
13114 or a floating-point constant. If TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT != 0,
13115 the value is always a floating point constant.
13117 When it is an integer, a CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13118 the constant requires 2 HWIs to be adequately represented.
13119 We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13120 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13121 || (GET_MODE (rtl
) == VOIDmode
13122 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
))
13124 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
,
13125 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
);
13126 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13128 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type
, 0, 0);
13129 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13130 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
13131 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13132 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
13133 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13135 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
13136 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
13137 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
13138 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
13143 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13144 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
13146 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13147 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13148 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13149 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13150 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13155 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
13158 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13160 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
,
13161 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
);
13162 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13164 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type
, 0, 0);
13165 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13166 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
13167 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13168 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
13169 = dw_val_class_wide_int
;
13170 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
13171 *mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= std::make_pair (rtl
, mode
);
13176 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13180 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13184 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13188 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13192 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13196 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13200 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13204 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13208 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13212 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
13217 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13222 mem_loc_result
= minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
13227 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13228 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13229 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13230 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13231 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
13232 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
13233 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13234 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13237 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
13238 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13241 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
13245 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13246 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13247 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
13248 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13249 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13251 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13253 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13254 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13256 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13258 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13260 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13261 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
13262 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13269 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
13270 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13271 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == VOIDmode
13272 ? word_mode
: GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
13273 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13274 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
13275 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13276 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
, mem_mode
,
13277 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13278 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
13281 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
13282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
13283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
13284 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
13285 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
13286 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13287 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
13288 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
13289 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13290 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
13295 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
13297 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
13302 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13303 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
13305 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
13306 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13309 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) == MODE_INT
13310 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FLOAT
13311 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13312 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
13314 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
13315 GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT
);
13316 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13318 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
13319 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13320 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
13321 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13322 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
13324 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FIX
);
13325 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13327 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
13328 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13329 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
13330 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13331 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
13332 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
13333 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FIX
13334 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
13336 op0
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode
, op0
);
13340 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13347 mem_loc_result
= clz_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
13352 mem_loc_result
= popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
13356 mem_loc_result
= bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
13361 mem_loc_result
= rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
13365 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13366 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13391 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
13392 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
13394 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
13400 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
13404 case STRICT_LOW_PART
:
13409 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13410 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13415 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
13419 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13420 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
13421 gcc_unreachable ();
13427 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13428 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13430 return mem_loc_result
;
13433 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13434 This is typically a complex variable. */
13436 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13437 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13439 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13440 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13441 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13442 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13443 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13445 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
13448 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
13449 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
13451 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
13452 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
13454 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13455 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13457 return cc_loc_result
;
13460 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13463 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13464 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13467 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13468 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
13470 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
13472 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
13473 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
13475 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13479 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
13480 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
13483 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13484 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13486 return cc_loc_result
;
13489 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
13490 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
13492 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13493 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
13495 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
13500 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
13501 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
13502 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
13503 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
13504 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
, 0, offset
);
13505 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13508 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13509 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
13510 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13514 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
13515 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
13520 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13521 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13522 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13523 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13524 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13526 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13527 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13528 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13530 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13532 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13533 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
13534 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13536 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13538 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13541 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13542 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13543 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13544 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13545 contains the given subreg. */
13546 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13547 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
),
13548 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)), initialized
);
13554 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13558 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
13559 GET_MODE (rtl
), initialized
);
13560 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13561 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13562 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13564 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13565 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13566 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13571 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
13576 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13581 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
13583 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
13584 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
13585 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
13586 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
13590 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13595 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
13596 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
13600 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13601 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
13602 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13603 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13605 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
13606 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13607 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
13609 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13611 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
13612 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13615 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
13616 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
13617 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13623 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
13624 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
13629 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13630 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13632 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13634 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13636 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13637 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13638 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13639 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13640 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13641 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13642 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
13643 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13645 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
13646 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
13647 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
13652 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13653 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
13655 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13656 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13657 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13658 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13659 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13664 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
13665 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13666 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13668 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13670 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13671 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13672 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
13673 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
13674 *loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= std::make_pair (rtl
, mode
);
13679 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13680 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13682 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13684 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
13685 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
13686 unsigned char *array
13687 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
13690 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
13692 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13693 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
13695 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
13696 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13698 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13699 insert_wide_int (std::make_pair (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
13703 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
13704 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13706 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13707 insert_float (elt
, p
);
13712 gcc_unreachable ();
13715 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13716 length
* elt_size
, 0);
13717 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13718 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
13719 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
13720 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13725 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13726 || CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13727 || CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13728 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
13730 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13735 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13738 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13739 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13741 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
13742 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13743 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13747 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
13748 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
13752 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
13753 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13756 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13762 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
13763 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13764 && dwarf_version
>= 4)
13765 || (!dwarf_strict
&& mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
))
13767 /* Value expression. */
13768 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13770 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13771 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13779 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13780 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13781 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13782 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13783 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13784 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13786 static const char *
13787 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
13789 const char *secname
;
13791 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
)
13792 && (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) || TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || TREE_STATIC (decl
))
13793 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
13794 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
13795 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13796 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
13797 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13798 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
13800 secname
= text_section_label
;
13805 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13808 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
13810 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
13811 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
13812 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
13815 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13818 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13819 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
13820 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13822 int have_address
= 0;
13823 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
13826 if (want_address
!= 2)
13828 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
13830 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
13832 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
13833 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
13834 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
13835 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
13836 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
13838 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
13839 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, get_address_mode (varloc
),
13840 mode
, initialized
);
13845 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
13847 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VOIDmode
,
13852 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13859 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
13860 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
13862 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
13863 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
13870 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
13871 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13873 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13875 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
13876 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13879 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13882 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
13883 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
13885 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
13886 "Want address and only have value");
13890 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
13891 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
13893 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
13894 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13896 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
13898 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
13899 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13902 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13905 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
13907 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
13913 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
13914 if it is not possible. */
13916 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13917 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
13919 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
13920 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
13921 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
13922 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
13927 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13928 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
13930 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13931 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
13934 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT padsize
= 0;
13935 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
13936 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
13938 enum var_init_status initialized
;
13940 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
13941 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
13944 decl_size
= tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
13946 descr_tail
= &descr
;
13948 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
13950 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
13951 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
13952 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
13953 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
13954 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opsize
= 0;
13956 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
13957 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
13959 padsize
+= bitsize
;
13962 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
13963 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
13964 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
13965 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
13967 padsize
+= bitsize
;
13971 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
13972 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
13973 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
13974 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
13975 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
13976 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
13978 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
13982 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
13984 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
13988 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
13990 padsize
+= bitsize
;
13991 /* Discard the current piece of the descriptor and release any
13992 addr_table entries it uses. */
13993 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
13997 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
13998 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14001 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
14003 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
14004 goto discard_descr
;
14006 decl_size
-= padsize
;
14007 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
14008 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14010 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
14011 goto discard_descr
;
14013 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
14016 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
14018 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
14019 goto discard_descr
;
14020 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
14023 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
14024 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
14025 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14027 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14028 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14029 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14033 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
14034 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
14035 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
14036 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14037 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
14038 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
14043 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14044 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14045 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14047 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14049 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14050 = MEM_SIZE (varloc
) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14051 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
14053 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14054 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
14055 goto discard_descr
;
14056 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
14057 goto discard_descr
;
14058 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14059 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
14063 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
14064 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14065 goto discard_descr
;
14066 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
14070 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14072 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
14074 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
14075 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14076 goto discard_descr
;
14081 /* Discard the descriptor and release any addr_table entries it uses. */
14082 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (descr
);
14086 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14087 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14090 static dw_loc_list_ref
14091 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14093 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14095 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14096 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14097 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14098 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14099 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14100 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14102 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14103 actually construct the list of locations.
14104 The first location information is what is passed to the
14105 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14106 locations just get added on to that list.
14107 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14108 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14109 the range [current location start, next location start].
14110 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14111 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14113 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14115 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14116 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
14117 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
14119 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14121 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14122 inside DWARF expressions. */
14123 if (want_address
!= 2)
14125 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
14131 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
14132 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
14133 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14137 bool range_across_switch
= false;
14138 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
14139 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
14140 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
14141 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
14142 of first partition and second one starting at the
14143 beginning of second partition. */
14144 if (node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
14145 && (node
!= loc_list
->first
|| loc_list
->first
->next
)
14146 && current_function_decl
)
14148 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_end
;
14149 range_across_switch
= true;
14151 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14152 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14153 else if (node
->next
)
14154 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
14155 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14156 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14157 else if (!current_function_decl
)
14158 endname
= text_end_label
;
14161 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14162 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14163 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14166 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14167 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
14168 && node
== loc_list
->first
14169 && NOTE_P (node
->loc
)
14170 && strcmp (node
->label
, endname
) == 0)
14171 (*listp
)->force
= true;
14172 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14174 if (range_across_switch
)
14176 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14177 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
14180 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
14181 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
14182 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
,
14185 gcc_assert (descr
);
14186 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14187 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14189 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
14191 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_end
;
14192 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
,
14193 cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
14195 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14200 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14201 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14202 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14203 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14204 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14206 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14212 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14213 as location description. */
14216 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14218 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14219 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14222 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14225 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14227 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14228 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14229 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14232 copy
= ggc_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
14233 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14234 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14235 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14237 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= ggc_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
14238 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14239 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14242 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14246 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14247 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14248 to expression in RET on each position in program.
14249 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14251 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14252 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14253 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14254 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14258 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14267 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14269 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14272 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14274 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14278 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14279 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14280 " location lists.\n");
14285 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14286 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14288 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14289 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14291 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14292 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14294 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14299 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14301 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14302 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14304 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14306 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14307 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14310 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
14311 GET_MODE (rtl
), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14314 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14315 by looking for inner INDIRECT_REF expression and turning
14316 it into simple arithmetics.
14318 See loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
14320 static dw_loc_list_ref
14321 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
,
14322 const loc_descr_context
*context
)
14325 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14327 int unsignedp
, volatilep
= 0;
14328 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14330 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14331 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14332 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14334 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14336 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14339 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14341 expansion_failed (obj
,
14342 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14345 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14346 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1,
14349 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14350 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14352 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0, context
);
14357 /* Variable offset. */
14358 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0, context
);
14359 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14361 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14364 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14365 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14367 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14369 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14370 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14372 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14373 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14374 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14375 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14381 /* Helper structure for location descriptions generation. */
14382 struct loc_descr_context
14384 /* The type that is implicitly referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address, or
14385 NULL_TREE if DW_OP_push_object_address in invalid for this location
14386 description. This is used when processing PLACEHOLDER_EXPR nodes. */
14388 /* The ..._DECL node that should be translated as a
14389 DW_OP_push_object_address operation. */
14393 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14394 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14395 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14396 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14397 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14398 to refer to register values).
14400 CONTEXT provides information to customize the location descriptions
14401 generation. Its context_type field specifies what type is implicitly
14402 referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address. If it is NULL_TREE, this operation
14403 will not be generated.
14405 If CONTEXT is NULL, the behavior is the same as if both context_type and
14406 base_decl fields were NULL_TREE. */
14408 static dw_loc_list_ref
14409 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
14410 const struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
14412 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
14413 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14414 int have_address
= 0;
14415 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14417 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14418 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14421 if (context
!= NULL
14422 && context
->base_decl
== loc
14423 && want_address
== 0)
14425 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
14426 return new_loc_list (new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0),
14432 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
14435 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
14438 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
14439 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14440 position of other fields. It is supposed to appear only as the first
14441 operand of COMPONENT_REF nodes and to reference precisely the type
14442 that the context allows. */
14443 if (context
!= NULL
14444 && TREE_TYPE (loc
) == context
->context_type
14445 && want_address
>= 1)
14447 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
14449 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
14457 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14458 "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR for an unexpected type");
14462 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
14463 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14466 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14467 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14468 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14469 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14470 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14471 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14475 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14476 e.g. for &this->field. */
14479 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14480 (loc
, want_address
== 2, context
);
14483 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
14484 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14487 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14488 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
14489 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1, context
);
14493 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14499 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
14502 enum dwarf_location_atom tls_op
;
14503 enum dtprel_bool dtprel
= dtprel_false
;
14505 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
14507 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14509 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14512 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14513 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14514 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
14515 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
14516 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
14517 operand shouldn't be. */
14518 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
14520 dtprel
= dtprel_true
;
14521 tls_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
14525 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
14526 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
14528 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
14529 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
14530 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
14531 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
14532 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
14533 tls_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
14536 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14537 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14542 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14543 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
14546 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel
);
14547 ret1
= new_loc_descr (tls_op
, 0, 0);
14548 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
14557 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
14558 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
14559 want_address
, context
);
14562 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14565 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
14567 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
14569 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
14570 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
14573 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14574 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14576 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
14579 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
14581 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
14582 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14583 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
14584 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
14586 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
14588 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
14591 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14592 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
14595 machine_mode mode
, mem_mode
;
14597 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14598 if (want_address
== 2)
14600 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
14601 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14606 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14607 mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
14611 mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
14612 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14615 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14616 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14619 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
14620 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14626 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
14633 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
14637 case TARGET_MEM_REF
:
14641 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
14642 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
, context
);
14645 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
14648 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
, context
);
14650 case COMPONENT_REF
:
14651 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
14653 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
14654 case REALPART_EXPR
:
14655 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
14658 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14660 int unsignedp
, volatilep
= 0;
14662 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14663 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14665 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
14667 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
14669 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1,
14671 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14672 for nonzero bitpos. */
14675 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
14677 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14678 "bitfield access");
14682 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
14684 /* Variable offset. */
14685 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0, context
);
14686 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14688 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14691 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14694 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14696 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
14697 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14698 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14705 if ((want_address
|| !tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
14706 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14708 else if (want_address
== 2
14709 && tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
)
14710 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14711 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
14712 tree_to_shwi (loc
))))
14714 else if (tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
14715 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_to_shwi (loc
));
14718 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14719 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14728 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14731 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14732 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14733 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14736 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
14737 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
14742 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
14747 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
14748 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
14753 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
14754 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
14755 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
14756 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
14757 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14766 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
14767 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
14768 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
14769 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
14770 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14775 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
14776 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
14777 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14780 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14783 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14784 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14785 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14786 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14787 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14799 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
14802 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
14805 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
14807 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
14811 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)));
14819 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14826 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14833 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14840 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14855 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
14856 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
14857 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14860 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14863 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14866 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
14880 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
14884 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14890 const enum tree_code code
=
14891 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
14893 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
14894 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
14895 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
14896 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
14899 /* ... fall through ... */
14903 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14904 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
14905 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14906 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0, context
);
14907 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
14909 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
14910 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
14913 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14914 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
14916 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
14917 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14918 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
14920 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
14921 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14922 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
14924 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14925 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14926 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
14927 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14928 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14932 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
14936 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14937 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14938 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
14939 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
14941 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14942 "language specific tree node");
14946 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14947 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14948 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14949 gcc_unreachable ();
14951 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14952 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14957 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
14960 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14961 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14963 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14965 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14966 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14970 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14972 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14973 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14976 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14977 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14979 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14980 "Want address and only have value");
14984 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
14986 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14987 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14989 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14991 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14993 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14994 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14997 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15000 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
15003 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15005 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15008 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
15013 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15014 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15015 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
15016 const struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
15018 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
, context
);
15021 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
15023 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15024 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15030 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15031 which is not less than the value itself. */
15033 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15034 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
15036 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
15039 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15040 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15041 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15042 ERROR_MARK node. */
15045 field_type (const_tree decl
)
15049 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15050 return integer_type_node
;
15052 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
15053 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
15054 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15059 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15060 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15061 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15063 static inline unsigned
15064 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
15066 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15069 static inline unsigned
15070 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
15072 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15075 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15077 static inline offset_int
15078 round_up_to_align (const offset_int
&t
, unsigned int align
)
15080 return wi::udiv_trunc (t
+ align
- 1, align
) * align
;
15083 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15084 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15085 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15086 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15087 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15090 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15091 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
15093 offset_int object_offset_in_bits
;
15094 offset_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
15095 offset_int bitpos_int
;
15097 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15100 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
15102 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15103 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15104 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15105 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
15108 bitpos_int
= wi::to_offset (bit_position (decl
));
15110 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15111 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
15114 tree field_size_tree
;
15115 offset_int deepest_bitpos
;
15116 offset_int field_size_in_bits
;
15117 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
15118 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
15119 offset_int type_size_in_bits
;
15121 type
= field_type (decl
);
15122 type_size_in_bits
= offset_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
15123 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
15125 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
15127 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15128 a flexible array member. */
15129 if (!field_size_tree
)
15130 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
15132 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15133 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
15134 field_size_in_bits
= wi::to_offset (field_size_tree
);
15136 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
15138 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
15140 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15141 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15142 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15143 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15144 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15145 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15146 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15147 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15148 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15150 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15152 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15153 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15154 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15155 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15156 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15157 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15158 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15159 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15160 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15161 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15162 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15164 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15165 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15166 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15167 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15168 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15169 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15170 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15171 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15172 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15173 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15176 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15177 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15178 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15179 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15180 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15181 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15182 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15184 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15185 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15186 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
15188 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15189 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15191 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15193 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15195 object_offset_in_bits
15196 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15198 if (wi::gtu_p (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
))
15200 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15202 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15203 object_offset_in_bits
15204 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15208 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
15209 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15211 object_offset_in_bytes
15212 = wi::lrshift (object_offset_in_bits
, LOG2_BITS_PER_UNIT
);
15213 return object_offset_in_bytes
.to_shwi ();
15216 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15217 associated with them. */
15219 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15221 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15222 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15223 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15226 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15227 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15231 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15232 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15234 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15237 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
15240 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15242 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
15243 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
15244 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
15245 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
15246 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
15247 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
15249 if (dwarf_version
== 2
15250 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
15251 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
15252 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
15254 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
15256 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
15257 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
15260 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15261 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15262 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15263 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15264 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15265 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15268 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15269 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15270 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15271 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15272 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15273 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15274 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15275 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15276 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15277 function below.) */
15280 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15282 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15283 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15285 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15287 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15288 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15290 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15291 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15292 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15293 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15295 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15297 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15299 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15301 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15302 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15303 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15305 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15306 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15307 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15309 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15310 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
));
15311 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15313 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15314 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15315 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15316 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15318 /* Extract the offset. */
15319 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15320 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15322 /* Add it to the object address. */
15323 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15324 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15327 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
));
15330 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15334 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15336 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15338 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15340 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15345 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15347 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15348 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15349 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15350 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15351 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15355 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15358 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15361 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15365 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15371 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15373 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15374 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15376 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15382 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15388 /* Writes wide_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15391 insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&val
, unsigned char *dest
, int elt_size
)
15395 if (elt_size
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/BITS_PER_UNIT
)
15397 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (0), elt_size
, dest
);
15401 /* We'd have to extend this code to support odd sizes. */
15402 gcc_assert (elt_size
% (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0);
15404 int n
= elt_size
/ (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
15406 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15407 for (i
= n
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
15409 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
15410 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15413 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
15415 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
15416 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15420 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15423 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
15425 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
15429 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
15430 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
15432 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15433 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
15435 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
15440 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15441 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15442 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15443 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15444 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15447 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
15449 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15453 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15456 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
15458 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
15462 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
15463 add_AT_wide (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15464 std::make_pair (rtl
, GET_MODE (rtl
)));
15468 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15469 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15470 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15473 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15475 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
== 0 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15476 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15477 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
15480 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15481 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
15483 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15484 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
15491 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15492 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
15493 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15494 unsigned char *array
15495 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
15498 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
15500 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15502 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15503 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15505 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15506 insert_wide_int (std::make_pair (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
15510 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15511 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15513 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15514 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15519 gcc_unreachable ();
15522 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
15527 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15529 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
15530 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
15532 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
15533 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15534 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
15535 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15541 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15542 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
15545 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15548 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15553 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15554 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15555 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15556 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15557 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15558 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15559 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15560 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15561 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15562 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15563 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15571 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15572 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
15573 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
15575 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
15581 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15582 gcc_unreachable ();
15587 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15588 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15591 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
15592 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15594 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
15595 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
15597 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
15598 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15600 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15601 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15602 be conservative. */
15603 else if (!symtab
->global_info_ready
15604 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
15606 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
15608 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (*tp
);
15609 if (!node
|| !node
->definition
)
15612 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15613 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
15615 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15616 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15617 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15618 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15619 if (!cgraph_node::get (*tp
))
15622 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15628 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15629 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15632 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
15634 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
15638 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15639 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15640 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15642 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15643 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
15644 machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15646 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
15648 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
15649 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
15650 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
15651 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
15652 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
15654 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
15655 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
15656 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
15657 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
15660 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15662 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
15663 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
15664 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
15665 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
15667 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15668 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15669 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
15670 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
15672 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15673 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15674 reference variables which won't be output. */
15675 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
15676 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
15678 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15680 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
15681 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15686 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
15688 vec
<constructor_elt
, va_gc
> *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
15689 bool constant_p
= true;
15691 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
15693 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15694 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15695 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15696 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
15697 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
15699 constant_p
= false;
15705 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
15715 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
15717 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15718 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
15724 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15727 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
15731 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15732 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15733 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15735 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15736 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15737 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15738 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15739 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15740 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15741 referenced within the function.
15743 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15744 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15745 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15746 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15748 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15749 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15750 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15751 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15752 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15753 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15755 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15756 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15757 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15758 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15759 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15760 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15761 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15762 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15763 output at debug-time.
15765 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15766 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15767 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15768 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15769 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15770 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15771 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15772 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15773 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15774 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15775 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15776 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15777 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15779 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15780 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15781 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15782 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15783 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15784 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15785 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15786 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15787 I'd like to fix it.
15789 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15790 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15791 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15792 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15793 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15794 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15795 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15796 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15797 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15798 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15799 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15801 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15802 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
15804 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15805 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15806 fixed registers. */
15807 if (! reload_completed
)
15810 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
15812 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15814 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15815 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
15817 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15822 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
15824 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15825 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
15827 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15828 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
15829 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15830 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))))
15832 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15833 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
15834 machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
15835 machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
15837 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15838 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15839 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15840 if (dmode
== pmode
)
15841 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15842 else if ((rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
15843 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
15844 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15845 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15847 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15850 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
15852 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15853 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
15854 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15855 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
15862 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15863 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15864 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15865 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15866 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15867 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15869 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
15870 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
15871 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15872 /* Not passed in memory. */
15873 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15874 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15875 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15876 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15877 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15878 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
15879 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15882 /* Big endian correction check. */
15883 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15884 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
15885 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15888 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
15889 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
15890 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
15892 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15893 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
15896 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15899 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
15900 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15902 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
15903 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15904 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
15906 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15907 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15908 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15909 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15910 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15911 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15913 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15914 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15918 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15919 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15920 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15921 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15922 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15925 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15927 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15928 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15929 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15931 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15933 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15934 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15936 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15937 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15938 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
15939 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15940 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
15941 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
15942 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
15944 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
15946 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15947 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
15954 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15955 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15956 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15959 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
15961 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
15963 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
15965 int unsignedp
, volatilep
= 0;
15967 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15968 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15969 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15970 be handled as such. */
15971 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
15972 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15973 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
15977 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
15978 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
15981 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
15982 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
15984 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
15985 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
15986 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
15987 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
15991 if (offset
!= NULL
)
15993 if (!tree_fits_shwi_p (offset
))
15995 *value
= tree_to_shwi (offset
);
15998 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16003 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16004 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16005 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16006 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16007 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16008 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16009 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16010 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16011 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16012 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
16014 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
16015 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
16016 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
16017 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
16020 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, bool cache_p
,
16021 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
16024 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16025 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
16026 cached_dw_loc_list
*cache
;
16028 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16031 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
16032 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
16034 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16037 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
16038 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16039 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16042 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16043 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16044 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16045 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
16048 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
16049 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16050 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16051 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
16053 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
16055 node
= loc_list
->first
;
16056 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
16057 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16058 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
16059 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16060 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16063 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
16064 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
16066 if (loc_list
== NULL
|| cached_dw_loc_list_table
== NULL
)
16070 cache
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
16072 list
= cache
->loc_list
;
16076 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2,
16078 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
16079 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
16080 if (cache_p
&& list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16082 cached_dw_loc_list
**slot
16083 = cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
,
16086 cache
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<cached_dw_loc_list
> ();
16087 cache
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
16088 cache
->loc_list
= list
;
16094 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
16097 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16098 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16099 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
16102 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16105 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
16107 deferred_locations entry
;
16108 entry
.variable
= variable
;
16110 vec_safe_push (deferred_locations_list
, entry
);
16113 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16114 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16117 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
16121 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
16125 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16128 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16129 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16131 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16132 machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16134 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
16136 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16138 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
16140 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
16141 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16142 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
16143 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16146 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
16151 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16152 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16154 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16156 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
16157 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16158 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
16159 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16161 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
16162 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
16165 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
16166 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
16169 min_index
= tree_to_shwi (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
16170 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
16171 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
16173 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16174 tree index
= ce
->index
;
16176 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16177 pos
= (tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0)) - min_index
)
16180 pos
= (tree_to_shwi (index
) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
16185 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16188 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
16189 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16191 int count
= tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1))
16192 - tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0));
16193 while (count
-- > 0)
16196 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
16197 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
16200 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
16204 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
16205 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
16207 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
16208 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16209 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16211 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16214 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16215 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16217 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
16219 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16220 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16222 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16228 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16231 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16232 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16233 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16235 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16236 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
)))
16238 fieldsize
= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
));
16239 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16240 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16242 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16248 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16249 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16250 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16252 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16256 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16257 attribute is the const value T. */
16260 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16263 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16266 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16270 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16272 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16274 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16275 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16276 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16277 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16279 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16280 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16282 unsigned char *array
= ggc_cleared_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (size
);
16284 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16286 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16295 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16296 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16297 variable with static storage duration
16298 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16301 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16305 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16306 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
)
16307 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16308 && !TREE_STATIC (decl
)))
16311 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16312 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16313 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16318 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16319 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16322 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16325 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16326 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16327 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16328 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16331 static dw_loc_list_ref
16332 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16336 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16338 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16339 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16340 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16343 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16345 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16349 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16350 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16351 remember
= next_cfa
;
16353 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16355 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16356 advance opcodes. */
16357 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, ix
, cfi
)
16358 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16360 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16361 last_label
= start_label
;
16363 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
== 0)
16365 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
16366 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
16367 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16368 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16369 list_tail
=&(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16370 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
16373 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
16375 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16377 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16378 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16379 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16380 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16381 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16383 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16384 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16386 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16387 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16388 start_label
= last_label
;
16390 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16393 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16394 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16395 gcc_unreachable ();
16398 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16401 if (ix
+ 1 == fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
)
16403 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16405 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16406 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16408 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16409 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16410 start_label
= last_label
;
16412 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16413 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16414 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16415 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
16419 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16421 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16422 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16423 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16424 start_label
= last_label
;
16427 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16429 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
16430 ? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
,
16433 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16439 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16440 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16441 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16442 before the latter is negated. */
16445 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16449 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16450 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16451 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16453 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16454 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16457 elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
16458 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
16459 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
16460 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16462 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16463 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16466 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16468 /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
16469 in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
16470 directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
16471 this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
16472 frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. */
16473 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
16474 = ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16475 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16476 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16477 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16478 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16479 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16482 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16483 the value of the attribute. */
16486 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16488 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16490 if (demangle_name_func
)
16491 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16493 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16497 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
16498 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
16499 of TYPE accordingly.
16501 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
16502 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
16505 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree type
,
16506 dw_die_ref context_die
)
16509 dw_die_ref dtype_die
;
16511 if (!lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type
)
16514 dtype
= lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type (type
);
16518 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
16521 gen_type_die (dtype
, context_die
);
16522 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
16523 gcc_assert (dtype_die
);
16526 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
, dtype_die
);
16529 /* Retrieve the comp_dir string suitable for use with DW_AT_comp_dir. */
16531 static const char *
16532 comp_dir_string (void)
16536 static const char *cached_wd
= NULL
;
16538 if (cached_wd
!= NULL
)
16541 wd
= get_src_pwd ();
16545 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
16549 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
16550 wd1
= ggc_vec_alloc
<char> (wdlen
+ 2);
16552 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
16553 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
16557 cached_wd
= remap_debug_filename (wd
);
16561 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16564 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16566 const char * wd
= comp_dir_string ();
16568 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
16571 /* Given a tree node VALUE describing a scalar attribute ATTR (i.e. a bound, a
16572 pointer computation, ...), output a representation for that bound according
16573 to the accepted FORMS (see enum dw_scalar_form) and add it to DIE. See
16574 loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
16577 add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
, tree value
,
16578 int forms
, const struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
16580 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
16581 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16583 bool strip_conversions
= true;
16585 while (strip_conversions
)
16586 switch (TREE_CODE (value
))
16593 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16594 value
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0);
16598 strip_conversions
= false;
16602 /* If possible and permitted, output the attribute as a constant. */
16603 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_constant
) != 0
16604 && TREE_CODE (value
) == INTEGER_CST
)
16606 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
));
16608 /* If HOST_WIDE_INT is big enough then represent the bound as
16609 a constant value. We need to choose a form based on
16610 whether the type is signed or unsigned. We cannot just
16611 call add_AT_unsigned if the value itself is positive
16612 (add_AT_unsigned might add the unsigned value encoded as
16613 DW_FORM_data[1248]). Some DWARF consumers will lookup the
16614 bounds type and then sign extend any unsigned values found
16615 for signed types. This is needed only for
16616 DW_AT_{lower,upper}_bound, since for most other attributes,
16617 consumers will treat DW_FORM_data[1248] as unsigned values,
16618 regardless of the underlying type. */
16619 if (prec
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16620 || tree_fits_uhwi_p (value
))
16622 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)))
16623 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
16625 add_AT_int (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
16628 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with
16629 the precision of its type. The precision and signedness
16630 of the type will be necessary to re-interpret it
16632 add_AT_wide (die
, attr
, value
);
16636 /* Otherwise, if it's possible and permitted too, output a reference to
16638 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) != 0)
16640 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
16642 /* Some type attributes reference an outer type. For instance, the upper
16643 bound of an array may reference an embedding record (this happens in
16645 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == COMPONENT_REF
16646 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
16647 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
)
16648 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1);
16650 else if (TREE_CODE (value
) == VAR_DECL
16651 || TREE_CODE (value
) == PARM_DECL
16652 || TREE_CODE (value
) == RESULT_DECL
)
16655 if (decl
!= NULL_TREE
)
16657 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
16659 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16660 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16661 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16662 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16663 later parameter. */
16664 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
16666 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
16672 /* Last chance: try to create a stack operation procedure to evaluate the
16673 value. Do nothing if even that is not possible or permitted. */
16674 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_exprloc
) == 0)
16677 list
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 2, context
);
16678 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
16680 /* If this attribute is not a reference nor constant, it is
16681 a DWARF expression rather than location description. For that
16682 loc_list_from_tree (value, 0, &context) is needed. */
16683 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 0, context
);
16684 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
16686 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, list2
->expr
);
16691 /* If that failed to give a single element location list, fall back to
16692 outputting this as a reference... still if permitted. */
16693 if (list
== NULL
|| (forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) == 0)
16696 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
16697 ctx
= comp_unit_die ();
16699 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
16701 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, value
);
16702 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
16703 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (value
), TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, ctx
);
16704 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
16705 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
16708 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16712 lower_bound_default (void)
16714 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
16720 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
16721 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
:
16722 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
:
16724 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
16727 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
16728 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
16729 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
16730 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
16731 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
16735 case DW_LANG_Python
:
16736 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16737 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
16738 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
16739 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
16740 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
16741 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
16742 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
16744 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16750 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16751 a representation for that bound. */
16754 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
,
16755 tree bound
, const struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
16760 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
16762 /* Strip all conversions. */
16764 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16765 bound
= TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0);
16768 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. Lower bounds
16769 are even omitted when they are the default. */
16771 /* If the value for this bound is the default one, we can even omit the
16773 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
16774 && tree_fits_shwi_p (bound
)
16775 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16776 && tree_to_shwi (bound
) == dflt
)
16782 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
,
16783 dw_scalar_form_constant
16784 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
16785 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
16791 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16792 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16793 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16794 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16797 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
16799 unsigned dimension_number
;
16801 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
16803 for (dimension_number
= 0;
16804 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
16805 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
16807 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16809 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
16812 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16813 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16815 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
16818 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16819 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
16820 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
16822 /* Define the index type. */
16823 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
16825 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16826 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16827 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16828 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
16829 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
16830 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16831 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
16834 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
),
16835 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, type_die
);
16838 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16839 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16841 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16842 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16843 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16845 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
, NULL
);
16847 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
, NULL
);
16850 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16851 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16856 /* Add a DW_AT_byte_size attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's size. */
16859 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
16861 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
16862 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
16864 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
16869 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
16872 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
16873 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
)) == VAR_DECL
16874 && (decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
))))
16876 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, decl_die
);
16879 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
16882 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16883 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16884 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16885 even for bit-fields. */
16886 size
= int_size_in_bytes (field_type (tree_node
));
16889 gcc_unreachable ();
16892 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16893 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16894 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16895 when location description was not used by the caller code instead. */
16897 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16900 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16901 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16902 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16905 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16906 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16907 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16908 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16909 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16910 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16912 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16913 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16914 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16917 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16919 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16920 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16921 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
16922 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
16923 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
16924 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset
;
16926 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16927 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16929 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16930 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16931 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16932 if (! tree_fits_shwi_p (bit_position (decl
))
16933 || ! tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
16936 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
16938 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16939 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16940 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16941 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16942 below must take account of these differences. */
16943 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16944 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
16946 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16948 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
16949 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16953 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16954 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
16955 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
16957 if (bit_offset
< 0)
16958 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
16960 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bit_offset
);
16963 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16964 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16967 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16969 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16970 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
16971 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
16973 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
16974 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
)));
16977 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16978 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16981 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
16983 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
16990 if (prototype_p (func_type
))
16991 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
16998 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16999 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17002 static inline dw_die_ref
17003 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
17005 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
17007 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
17009 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17010 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17011 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17013 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17014 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17018 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
17020 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
17022 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
17025 if (DECL_P (origin
))
17026 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
17027 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
17028 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
17030 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17031 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17032 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17033 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17034 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17035 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17036 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17040 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
17044 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17047 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
17049 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
17051 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
17053 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)))
17054 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
17055 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
17056 tree_to_shwi (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)),
17059 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17060 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17061 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
17062 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
17063 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
17067 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17068 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17069 standardized it. */
17072 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17074 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
17076 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17077 if (name
[0] == '*')
17080 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
17081 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
17083 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
17086 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17089 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17091 expanded_location s
;
17093 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
)) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
)
17095 s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17096 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
17097 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17100 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17103 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17105 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
17106 && (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
17107 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
17108 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
17109 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
17111 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17112 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
17114 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
17116 asm_name
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
17117 asm_name
->die
= die
;
17118 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
17119 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
17120 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
17122 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
17123 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
17127 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17128 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17131 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17135 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
17136 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
17138 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
17140 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
17141 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17142 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
17144 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
17147 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17148 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17149 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17150 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
17152 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
17153 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0), false);
17154 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17156 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17159 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17160 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17163 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17165 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17168 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17169 die
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<die_node
> ();
17170 die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_subprogram
;
17171 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
17172 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
17173 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17174 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
17176 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
17177 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
17178 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
17180 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
17181 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
17185 die
->die_sib
= die
;
17186 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
17189 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17191 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17194 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
17196 vec_safe_push (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
17199 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17202 pop_decl_scope (void)
17204 decl_scope_table
->pop ();
17207 /* walk_tree helper function for uses_local_type, below. */
17210 uses_local_type_r (tree
*tp
, int *walk_subtrees
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17213 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
17216 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (*tp
);
17217 if (name
&& DECL_P (name
) && decl_function_context (name
))
17223 /* If TYPE involves a function-local type (including a local typedef to a
17224 non-local type), returns that type; otherwise returns NULL_TREE. */
17227 uses_local_type (tree type
)
17229 tree used
= walk_tree_without_duplicates (&type
, uses_local_type_r
, NULL
);
17233 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17234 Non-named types that do not involve a function-local type get global
17235 scope. Named types nested in namespaces or other types get their
17236 containing scope. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17237 the current active scope. */
17240 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17242 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
17243 tree containing_scope
;
17245 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17246 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
17248 /* Use the scope of the typedef, rather than the scope of the type
17250 if (TYPE_NAME (t
) && DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (t
)))
17251 containing_scope
= DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (t
));
17253 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
17255 /* Use the containing namespace if there is one. */
17256 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
17258 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
17260 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17261 context_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
17263 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17266 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17267 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17268 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17269 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
17270 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17272 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
17274 /* If T uses a local type keep it local as well, to avoid references
17275 to function-local DIEs from outside the function. */
17276 if (current_function_decl
&& uses_local_type (t
))
17277 scope_die
= context_die
;
17279 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
17281 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
17283 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. */
17284 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17285 scope_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
17288 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
17289 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
17290 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
17294 scope_die
= context_die
;
17299 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17302 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17304 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
17305 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17306 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
17312 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17315 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17317 return (context_die
17318 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
17319 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
17320 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
17321 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
17324 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17325 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17328 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17330 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
17331 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
17334 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17335 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17336 by 'type' plus any additional qualifiers given by 'cv_quals', and
17337 adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17340 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int cv_quals
,
17341 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17343 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
17344 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
17346 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17347 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17348 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17349 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17350 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
17351 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
17352 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
17354 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
17355 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17356 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17357 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17358 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
17361 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
17362 cv_quals
| TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (type
),
17365 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
17366 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
17369 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17370 function call type. */
17372 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
17374 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
17376 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
17377 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
17380 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
17382 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17383 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17384 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17385 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
17386 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
17387 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
17388 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
17389 value
= DW_CC_program
;
17391 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
17392 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
17395 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17396 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17397 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
17398 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
17401 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17402 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17403 was declared without a tag. */
17405 static const char *
17406 type_tag (const_tree type
)
17408 const char *name
= 0;
17410 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
17414 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17415 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
17416 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
17417 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
17419 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17420 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17422 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
17423 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17425 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17426 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17427 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17428 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17429 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
17430 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17431 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
17434 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17435 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
17436 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
17439 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
17442 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17443 for bit field types. */
17446 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
17448 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
17449 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
17452 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17453 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17456 static const char *
17457 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
17460 const char *fnname
;
17462 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
17463 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
17466 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17468 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
17473 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17474 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17475 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17478 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17480 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17481 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17483 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17484 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17485 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17486 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17487 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17488 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17489 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17490 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17491 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17493 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
17496 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17497 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17498 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
17499 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17501 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
17503 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17505 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17506 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17507 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17508 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
17510 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17511 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
17512 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
17513 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
17515 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
17516 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2, NULL
);
17518 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
17519 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
17521 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
17522 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17523 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17529 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17530 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17531 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17533 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17534 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17536 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17538 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17539 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17540 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17541 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17544 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17545 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17546 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17547 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17548 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17549 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17550 for multidimensional arrays. */
17551 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17554 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17556 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
17557 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17558 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
, NULL
);
17559 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17560 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1), NULL
);
17563 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17565 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17566 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17567 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17568 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17569 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17571 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17573 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17576 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, context_die
);
17578 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
17579 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
17580 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17582 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17583 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17586 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17587 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17590 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
17591 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17593 const dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17594 const dw_die_ref array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17595 const struct loc_descr_context context
= { type
, info
->base_decl
};
17598 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17599 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17601 if (info
->ndimensions
> 1)
17602 switch (info
->ordering
)
17604 case array_descr_ordering_row_major
:
17605 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17607 case array_descr_ordering_column_major
:
17608 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17614 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17616 if (info
->data_location
)
17617 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
17618 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
, &context
);
17619 if (info
->associated
)
17620 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
17621 dw_scalar_form_constant
17622 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
17623 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
17624 if (info
->allocated
)
17625 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
17626 dw_scalar_form_constant
17627 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
17628 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
17631 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
17633 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
17635 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17636 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17638 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
)
17639 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
,
17640 info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
, 0,
17642 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
17643 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
17644 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, &context
);
17645 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
17646 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17647 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
, &context
);
17648 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
) && info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
17649 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
17650 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
17651 dw_scalar_form_constant
17652 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
17653 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
17657 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
17658 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
17661 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17662 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17667 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17669 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17670 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
17672 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17673 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
17676 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
17677 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17678 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, context_die
);
17681 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
17682 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
17684 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
17688 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17689 emit full debugging info for them. */
17692 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17696 for (i
= vec_safe_length (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
17697 if (should_emit_struct_debug ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
17698 gen_type_die ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], comp_unit_die ());
17701 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17703 static enum dwarf_tag
17704 record_type_tag (tree type
)
17706 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
17707 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17709 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
17711 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
17712 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17714 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
17715 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
17717 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
17718 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17719 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
17720 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17723 gcc_unreachable ();
17727 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17728 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17729 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17733 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17735 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17737 if (type_die
== NULL
)
17739 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
17740 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
17741 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
17742 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
17743 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
17745 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
17746 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
17747 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
17748 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17751 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17754 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17756 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17757 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17758 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17759 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17763 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
17764 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
17765 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17767 tree underlying
= lang_hooks
.types
.enum_underlying_base_type (type
);
17768 add_type_attribute (type_die
, underlying
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
17771 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
17773 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17774 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17777 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17778 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17779 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17780 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
17782 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
17783 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17785 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
17786 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17788 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
17789 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
17791 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
17792 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
17794 if (simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
))
17795 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|| tree_fits_shwi_p (value
))
17797 /* For constant forms created by add_AT_unsigned DWARF
17798 consumers (GDB, elfutils, etc.) always zero extend
17799 the value. Only when the actual value is negative
17800 do we need to use add_AT_int to generate a constant
17801 form that can represent negative values. */
17802 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
);
17803 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)) || val
>= 0)
17804 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17805 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
17807 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
17810 /* Enumeration constants may be wider than HOST_WIDE_INT. Handle
17811 that here. TODO: This should be re-worked to use correct
17812 signed/unsigned double tags for all cases. */
17813 add_AT_wide (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, value
);
17816 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
17817 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
17818 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17821 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17823 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
17828 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17829 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17832 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17833 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17834 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17835 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17836 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17837 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17838 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17839 argument type of some subprogram type.
17840 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17844 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
17845 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17847 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
17848 tree ultimate_origin
;
17849 dw_die_ref parm_die
17850 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
17852 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
17854 case tcc_declaration
:
17855 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
17856 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
17857 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
17858 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17859 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
17860 else if (emit_name_p
)
17861 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
17863 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
)
17864 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
17865 decl_function_context
17866 (node_or_origin
))))
17868 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
17869 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
17870 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
),
17871 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, context_die
);
17873 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
17874 decl_quals (node_or_origin
),
17877 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
17878 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17880 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
17881 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
17882 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
))
17883 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
17884 node
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
17889 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17890 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
17895 gcc_unreachable ();
17901 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17902 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17905 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17906 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17907 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17908 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17909 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17910 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17913 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
17915 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
17919 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
17921 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17922 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
17925 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
17926 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
17928 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
17930 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
17933 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
17934 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17939 return parm_pack_die
;
17942 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17943 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17946 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17948 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
17951 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17952 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17953 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17954 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17957 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17960 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
17961 tree first_parm_type
;
17964 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17966 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
17967 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
17972 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17974 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17975 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17976 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
17978 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
17980 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17981 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
17984 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17985 if (!POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE_P (formal_type
))
17987 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
17988 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17990 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
17991 && link
== first_parm_type
)
17993 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17994 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17995 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
17997 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
17998 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18001 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
18003 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
18006 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18007 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18008 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
18009 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
18011 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18012 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18013 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18014 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
18015 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18016 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
18019 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18020 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18021 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18022 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18023 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18026 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18028 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18030 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18031 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18032 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18033 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
18034 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
18036 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18037 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
18039 push_decl_scope (type
);
18040 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
18041 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18042 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
18043 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
18045 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18046 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18047 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
18048 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
18049 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18051 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
18052 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
18056 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
18062 /* Forward declare these functions, because they are mutually recursive
18063 with their set_block_* pairing functions. */
18064 static void set_decl_origin_self (tree
);
18065 static void set_decl_abstract_flags (tree
, vec
<tree
> &);
18067 /* Given a pointer to some BLOCK node, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
18068 given BLOCK node is NULL, set the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the node so
18069 that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the node is its
18070 own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
18071 the given node is NULL, recursively descend the decl/block tree which
18072 it is the root of, and for each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained
18073 therein whose DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also
18074 still NULL, set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
18075 values to point to themselves. */
18078 set_block_origin_self (tree stmt
)
18080 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) == NULL_TREE
)
18082 BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) = stmt
;
18087 for (local_decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
18088 local_decl
!= NULL_TREE
;
18089 local_decl
= DECL_CHAIN (local_decl
))
18090 /* Do not recurse on nested functions since the inlining status
18091 of parent and child can be different as per the DWARF spec. */
18092 if (TREE_CODE (local_decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
18093 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (local_decl
))
18094 set_decl_origin_self (local_decl
);
18100 for (subblock
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
18101 subblock
!= NULL_TREE
;
18102 subblock
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblock
))
18103 set_block_origin_self (subblock
); /* Recurse. */
18108 /* Given a pointer to some ..._DECL node, if the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
18109 the given ..._DECL node is NULL, set the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
18110 node to so that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the
18111 node represents its own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the
18112 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the given node is NULL, recursively descend
18113 the decl/block tree of which the given node is the root of, and for
18114 each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained therein whose
18115 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also still NULL,
18116 set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN values to
18117 point to themselves. */
18120 set_decl_origin_self (tree decl
)
18122 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18124 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) = decl
;
18125 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18129 for (arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
); arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
18130 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (arg
) = arg
;
18131 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
18132 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != error_mark_node
)
18133 set_block_origin_self (DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
18138 /* Given a pointer to some BLOCK node, set the BLOCK_ABSTRACT flag to 1
18139 and if it wasn't 1 before, push it to abstract_vec vector.
18140 For all local decls and all local sub-blocks (recursively) do it
18144 set_block_abstract_flags (tree stmt
, vec
<tree
> &abstract_vec
)
18150 if (!BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
18152 abstract_vec
.safe_push (stmt
);
18153 BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) = 1;
18156 for (local_decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
18157 local_decl
!= NULL_TREE
;
18158 local_decl
= DECL_CHAIN (local_decl
))
18159 if (! DECL_EXTERNAL (local_decl
))
18160 set_decl_abstract_flags (local_decl
, abstract_vec
);
18162 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
18164 local_decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
);
18165 if ((TREE_CODE (local_decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& !TREE_STATIC (local_decl
))
18166 || TREE_CODE (local_decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
18167 set_decl_abstract_flags (local_decl
, abstract_vec
);
18170 for (subblock
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
18171 subblock
!= NULL_TREE
;
18172 subblock
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblock
))
18173 set_block_abstract_flags (subblock
, abstract_vec
);
18176 /* Given a pointer to some ..._DECL node, set DECL_ABSTRACT_P flag on it
18177 to 1 and if it wasn't 1 before, push to abstract_vec vector.
18178 In the case where the decl is a FUNCTION_DECL also set the abstract
18179 flags for all of the parameters, local vars, local
18180 blocks and sub-blocks (recursively). */
18183 set_decl_abstract_flags (tree decl
, vec
<tree
> &abstract_vec
)
18185 if (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
18187 abstract_vec
.safe_push (decl
);
18188 DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
) = 1;
18191 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18195 for (arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
); arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
18196 if (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (arg
))
18198 abstract_vec
.safe_push (arg
);
18199 DECL_ABSTRACT_P (arg
) = 1;
18201 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
18202 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != error_mark_node
)
18203 set_block_abstract_flags (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), abstract_vec
);
18207 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18208 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18211 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
18213 dw_die_ref old_die
;
18216 hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
> *old_decl_loc_table
;
18217 hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
> *old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18218 int old_call_site_count
, old_tail_call_site_count
;
18219 struct call_arg_loc_node
*old_call_arg_locations
;
18221 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18222 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
18224 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18225 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18226 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18229 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18230 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18231 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18232 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
18233 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
18234 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18235 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
18236 old_call_arg_locations
= call_arg_locations
;
18237 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
18238 old_call_site_count
= call_site_count
;
18239 call_site_count
= -1;
18240 old_tail_call_site_count
= tail_call_site_count
;
18241 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
18243 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18244 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT_P. */
18245 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18247 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
18249 gen_type_die_for_member
18250 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die ());
18253 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18254 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
18255 current_function_decl
= decl
;
18257 auto_vec
<tree
, 64> abstract_vec
;
18258 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, abstract_vec
);
18259 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
18262 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (abstract_vec
, i
, t
)
18263 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == BLOCK
)
18264 BLOCK_ABSTRACT (t
) = 0;
18266 DECL_ABSTRACT_P (t
) = 0;
18268 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
18269 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
18270 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18271 call_arg_locations
= old_call_arg_locations
;
18272 call_site_count
= old_call_site_count
;
18273 tail_call_site_count
= old_tail_call_site_count
;
18276 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18279 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18280 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18283 premark_used_types_helper (tree
const &type
, void *)
18287 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18289 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18293 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18294 through htab_traverse.
18296 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18297 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18298 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18301 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (types_used_by_vars_entry
**slot
,
18304 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
18307 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
18308 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
18309 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
18310 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
18313 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18314 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18315 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (entry
->var_decl
);
18316 if (node
&& node
->definition
)
18318 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18319 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18320 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
18321 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18327 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18330 premark_used_types (struct function
*fun
)
18332 if (fun
&& fun
->used_types_hash
)
18333 fun
->used_types_hash
->traverse
<void *, premark_used_types_helper
> (NULL
);
18336 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18339 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18341 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
18342 types_used_by_vars_hash
18343 ->traverse
<void *, premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
> (NULL
);
18346 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
18347 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
18350 gen_call_site_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref subr_die
,
18351 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
)
18353 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
, die
;
18354 tree block
= ca_loc
->block
;
18357 && block
!= DECL_INITIAL (decl
)
18358 && TREE_CODE (block
) == BLOCK
)
18360 if (block_map
.length () > BLOCK_NUMBER (block
))
18361 stmt_die
= block_map
[BLOCK_NUMBER (block
)];
18364 block
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
18366 if (stmt_die
== NULL
)
18367 stmt_die
= subr_die
;
18368 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
, stmt_die
, NULL_TREE
);
18369 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, ca_loc
->label
);
18370 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
18371 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
, 1);
18372 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
)
18374 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
));
18376 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, tdie
);
18378 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, ca_loc
->symbol_ref
, false);
18383 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18387 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18389 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18390 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
18392 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18393 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
18394 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18396 premark_used_types (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
18398 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT_P and DECLARATION be true if we
18399 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18400 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18401 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18402 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18404 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18405 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
18408 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
18411 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18412 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18413 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
18414 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
18415 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
18416 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18417 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
18419 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18421 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
18423 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18424 inline function. */
18425 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18426 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
18428 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18429 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
18430 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
18431 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
18432 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
18433 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
18435 add_linkage_name (subr_die
, decl
);
18439 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18440 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18442 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
18443 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18444 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18445 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18446 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18448 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18449 something we have already output. */
18453 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18454 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18455 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18456 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18457 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18458 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18459 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18460 if ((is_cu_die (old_die
->die_parent
) || context_die
== NULL
)
18461 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
18462 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
18463 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
18464 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
18466 subr_die
= old_die
;
18468 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18469 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18470 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18471 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18472 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18473 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18474 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
18475 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
18479 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18480 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
18481 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
18482 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18483 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18484 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18485 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18487 /* If the prototype had an 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' return type,
18488 emit the real type on the definition die. */
18489 if (is_cxx() && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18491 dw_die_ref die
= get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_type
);
18492 if (die
== auto_die
|| die
== decltype_auto_die
)
18493 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18494 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, context_die
);
18500 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18502 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18503 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18505 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
18506 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
18507 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18509 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18510 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18511 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, context_die
);
18514 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18515 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18516 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18518 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
))
18519 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_noreturn
, 1);
18521 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18526 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18528 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18530 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18531 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18532 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
18533 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18534 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
18536 /* If this is a C++11 deleted special function member then generate
18537 a DW_AT_GNU_deleted attribute. */
18538 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_deleted_p (decl
)
18539 && (! dwarf_strict
))
18540 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_deleted
, 1);
18542 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18543 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18544 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18545 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18547 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18548 later reused to represent definition. */
18549 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18552 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
18554 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
18556 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
18557 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
18559 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
18563 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
18564 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
18566 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
18569 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
18570 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
18571 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18573 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18575 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18577 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
18578 struct function
*fun
= DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
);
18580 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18581 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18583 gcc_checking_assert (fun
);
18584 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
18586 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
18587 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
18589 /* We have already generated the labels. */
18590 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
18591 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
18595 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
18596 char label_id_low
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18597 char label_id_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_low
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18599 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18600 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_high
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
18601 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18602 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, label_id_low
, label_id_high
,
18606 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18607 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
18608 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
18609 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
18610 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
18611 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
18612 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
18613 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
18614 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
18615 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
18616 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
18617 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
18620 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
18621 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
18622 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
18624 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
18625 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
18626 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
18633 /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
18634 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
18636 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
)
18638 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18640 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
18641 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
18642 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
18643 alignment offset. */
18644 bool range_list_added
= false;
18645 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
18646 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
18648 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
18649 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
18650 &range_list_added
, false);
18651 if (range_list_added
)
18656 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
18657 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
18658 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
18659 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
18660 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
18661 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
18662 sections when given "b foo". */
18663 const char *name
= NULL
;
18664 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
18665 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
18667 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
18668 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
18669 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
18671 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
18672 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
18673 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
18675 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18676 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18678 if (decl_name
!= NULL
18679 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
18681 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
18682 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18683 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
18685 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
18687 gcc_assert (name
!= NULL
);
18688 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
18689 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18690 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18692 name
= concat ("__second_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
18693 add_AT_low_high_pc (seg_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
18694 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, false);
18695 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
18696 if (want_pubnames ())
18697 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
18701 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
18705 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
18707 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18708 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18709 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18710 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18711 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18712 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18713 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18715 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 && targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
18717 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
18718 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
18722 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
18723 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
18724 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
18726 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
18729 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18730 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18731 will reference in the rtl; the latter is what we've told the
18732 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18733 by this displacement. */
18734 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
18736 if (fun
->static_chain_decl
)
18737 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
18738 loc_list_from_tree (fun
->static_chain_decl
, 2, NULL
));
18741 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18742 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18743 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
18745 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18746 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18747 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18748 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18749 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18750 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18751 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18752 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18753 an ellipsis at the end. */
18755 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18756 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18757 its formal parameters. */
18758 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18760 else if (declaration
)
18761 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18764 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18765 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
18766 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
18767 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
18768 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
18771 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18772 emit their relevant DIEs.
18774 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18775 as well as it being a normal function.
18777 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18778 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18779 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18780 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18781 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18782 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18783 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18784 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18785 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18788 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18789 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
18791 if (generic_decl_parm
18792 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
18793 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
18796 else if (parm
&& !POINTER_BOUNDS_P (parm
))
18798 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
18800 if (parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
18801 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
18803 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18804 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
18806 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
18809 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
18811 if (generic_decl_parm
)
18812 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18815 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18816 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18817 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18818 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18819 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18820 parameters at all. */
18821 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
18823 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18824 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
18825 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18827 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18828 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18831 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18832 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18833 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18835 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18836 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18837 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18838 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18839 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18840 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18841 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18843 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18844 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18845 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18846 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18847 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18848 constructor function. */
18849 if (! declaration
&& outer_scope
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18851 int call_site_note_count
= 0;
18852 int tail_call_site_note_count
= 0;
18854 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18855 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18856 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18858 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
);
18860 if (call_arg_locations
&& !dwarf_strict
)
18862 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
;
18863 for (ca_loc
= call_arg_locations
; ca_loc
; ca_loc
= ca_loc
->next
)
18865 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
18866 rtx tloc
= NULL_RTX
, tlocc
= NULL_RTX
;
18869 for (arg
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
);
18870 arg
; arg
= next_arg
)
18872 dw_loc_descr_ref reg
, val
;
18873 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1));
18874 dw_die_ref cdie
, tdie
= NULL
;
18876 next_arg
= XEXP (arg
, 1);
18877 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
18879 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0))
18880 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0))
18881 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
18882 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0)))
18883 next_arg
= XEXP (next_arg
, 1);
18884 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
18886 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
18887 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
18888 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (arg
, 0));
18890 if (mode
== VOIDmode
|| mode
== BLKmode
)
18892 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
18894 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
18895 tloc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
18898 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
18899 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
18901 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
18902 tlocc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
18906 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
18907 reg
= reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0),
18908 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18909 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
18911 rtx mem
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0);
18912 reg
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem
, 0),
18913 get_address_mode (mem
),
18915 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18917 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
18918 == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
18921 = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
18922 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
18929 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
18930 != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
18932 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1), mode
,
18934 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18938 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
18939 cdie
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
, die
,
18942 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_location
, reg
);
18943 else if (tdie
!= NULL
)
18944 add_AT_die_ref (cdie
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, tdie
);
18945 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
, val
);
18946 if (next_arg
!= XEXP (arg
, 1))
18948 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 1));
18949 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
18950 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 0));
18951 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1),
18954 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18956 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
, val
);
18960 && (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
|| tloc
))
18961 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
18962 if (die
!= NULL
&& (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
|| tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
))
18964 dw_loc_descr_ref tval
= NULL
;
18966 if (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
)
18967 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tloc
,
18968 GET_MODE (tloc
) == VOIDmode
18969 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tloc
),
18971 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18973 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
, tval
);
18974 else if (tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
)
18976 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc
,
18977 GET_MODE (tlocc
) == VOIDmode
18978 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tlocc
),
18980 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18982 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
,
18988 call_site_note_count
++;
18989 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
18990 tail_call_site_note_count
++;
18994 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
18995 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
18996 if (tail_call_site_count
>= 0
18997 && tail_call_site_count
== tail_call_site_note_count
19000 if (call_site_count
>= 0
19001 && call_site_count
== call_site_note_count
)
19002 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
, 1);
19004 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
, 1);
19006 call_site_count
= -1;
19007 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
19010 if (subr_die
!= old_die
)
19011 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
19012 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19015 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
19018 block_die_hasher::hash (die_struct
*d
)
19020 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
19023 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
19024 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
19027 block_die_hasher::equal (die_struct
*x
, die_struct
*y
)
19029 return x
->decl_id
== y
->decl_id
&& x
->die_parent
== y
->die_parent
;
19032 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
19033 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
19036 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19038 HOST_WIDE_INT off
= 0;
19040 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19041 tree ultimate_origin
;
19042 dw_die_ref var_die
;
19043 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
19044 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
19045 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
19046 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19047 bool specialization_p
= false;
19049 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19050 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
19051 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19052 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
19054 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19055 of a data member. */
19058 dw_die_ref com_die
;
19059 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
19060 die_node com_die_arg
;
19062 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19065 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
19067 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2, NULL
);
19072 /* Optimize the common case. */
19073 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19074 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19075 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19076 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
19079 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
19080 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19081 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
19084 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19086 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19087 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19093 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
19094 common_block_die_table
= hash_table
<block_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
19096 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19097 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
19098 com_die
= common_block_die_table
->find (&com_die_arg
);
19099 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
19100 if (com_die
== NULL
)
19103 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
19106 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
19107 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
19110 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19111 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19112 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19113 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
19115 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19116 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19117 if (want_pubnames ())
19118 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
19119 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19120 slot
= common_block_die_table
->find_slot (com_die
, INSERT
);
19123 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
19125 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19126 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
19127 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19129 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
19130 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19131 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), decl_quals (decl
),
19133 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19138 /* Optimize the common case. */
19139 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19140 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19141 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19142 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
19144 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
19145 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19146 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
19149 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19151 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19153 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19154 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19155 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19159 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19160 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19161 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19162 inside functions, though. */
19163 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
19166 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19167 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19168 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19169 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
19170 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19172 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
19175 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19176 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
19178 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19179 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19181 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19182 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT_P flag on them instead of
19185 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19187 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19188 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19189 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19191 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
19192 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
19194 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19195 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
19196 specialization_p
= true;
19197 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
19199 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19200 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19202 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19203 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19205 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19206 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19208 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
19209 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
19213 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19215 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19217 && !DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
19218 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
19219 decl_function_context
19220 (decl_or_origin
))))
19222 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
19224 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19225 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
19228 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl_or_origin
),
19232 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19234 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19235 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19237 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19238 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19240 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
19244 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19246 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
) || declaration
|| old_die
== NULL
))
19247 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19250 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
19251 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19252 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19254 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
19255 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19256 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
19257 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19258 to add it again. */
19259 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
19261 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19262 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
19263 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19265 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
,
19266 decl
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
19267 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19270 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
19273 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19276 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19278 dw_die_ref const_die
;
19279 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19281 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
19282 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
19283 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, context_die
);
19284 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19285 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19286 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19287 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19288 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
19291 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19294 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19296 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19297 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
19299 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19301 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19302 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
19304 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
19306 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
19307 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
19310 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19312 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19313 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19314 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19318 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
19320 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19321 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19322 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19323 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19324 it if it ever does happen. */
19325 gcc_assert (!as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (insn
)->deleted ());
19327 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
19328 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19332 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
19333 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
) != -1)
19335 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
19336 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19341 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19342 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19343 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19346 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19348 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
19350 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19352 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
19353 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
19358 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19359 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19362 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19364 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19366 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
19367 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19369 tree chain
, superblock
= NULL_TREE
;
19371 dw_attr_ref attr
= NULL
;
19373 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
19375 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19376 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19377 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
19380 /* Optimize duplicate .debug_ranges lists or even tails of
19381 lists. If this BLOCK has same ranges as its supercontext,
19382 lookup DW_AT_ranges attribute in the supercontext (and
19383 recursively so), verify that the ranges_table contains the
19384 right values and use it instead of adding a new .debug_range. */
19385 for (chain
= stmt
, pdie
= die
;
19386 BLOCK_SAME_RANGE (chain
);
19387 chain
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
))
19389 dw_attr_ref new_attr
;
19391 pdie
= pdie
->die_parent
;
19394 if (BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
) == NULL_TREE
)
19396 new_attr
= get_AT (pdie
, DW_AT_ranges
);
19397 if (new_attr
== NULL
19398 || new_attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_range_list
)
19401 superblock
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
);
19404 && (ranges_table
[attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
19405 / 2 / DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
].num
19406 == BLOCK_NUMBER (superblock
))
19407 && BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
))
19409 unsigned long off
= attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
19410 / 2 / DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
19411 unsigned long supercnt
= 0, thiscnt
= 0;
19412 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
);
19413 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
19416 gcc_checking_assert (ranges_table
[off
+ supercnt
].num
19417 == BLOCK_NUMBER (chain
));
19419 gcc_checking_assert (ranges_table
[off
+ supercnt
+ 1].num
== 0);
19420 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
19421 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
19423 gcc_assert (supercnt
>= thiscnt
);
19424 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
,
19425 ((off
+ supercnt
- thiscnt
)
19426 * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
),
19431 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
), false);
19433 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
19436 add_ranges (chain
);
19437 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
19444 char label_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19445 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19446 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19447 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_high
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
19448 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19449 add_AT_low_high_pc (die
, label
, label_high
, false);
19453 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19456 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19458 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
19460 if (call_arg_locations
)
19462 if (block_map
.length () <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
19463 block_map
.safe_grow_cleared (BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
19464 block_map
[BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
)] = stmt_die
;
19467 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19468 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
19470 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
);
19473 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19476 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19480 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19482 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
19484 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
19486 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19487 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19488 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19489 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19490 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19492 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19494 dw_die_ref subr_die
19495 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
19497 if (call_arg_locations
)
19499 if (block_map
.length () <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
19500 block_map
.safe_grow_cleared (BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
19501 block_map
[BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
)] = subr_die
;
19503 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19504 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19505 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19506 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19508 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
);
19512 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19515 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19517 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19519 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
19522 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19523 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
19524 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
19525 decl_quals (decl
), context_die
);
19527 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
19529 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19530 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19531 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19534 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
19535 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19537 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19538 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19540 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19542 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19543 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
19547 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19548 Use modified_type_die instead.
19549 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19550 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19553 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19556 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19558 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19559 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
19561 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19564 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19565 Use modified_type_die instead.
19566 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19567 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19570 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19572 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19574 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
19575 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19577 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19579 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
19580 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
19582 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19586 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19589 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19592 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
19593 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19595 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19596 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
19597 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
19598 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
19602 typedef const char *dchar_p
; /* For DEF_VEC_P. */
19604 static char *producer_string
;
19606 /* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
19607 if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
19610 gen_producer_string (void)
19613 auto_vec
<dchar_p
> switches
;
19614 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
19615 char *producer
, *tail
;
19617 size_t len
= dwarf_record_gcc_switches
? 0 : 3;
19618 size_t plen
= strlen (language_string
) + 1 + strlen (version_string
);
19620 for (j
= 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches
&& j
< save_decoded_options_count
; j
++)
19621 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
)
19628 case OPT_auxbase_strip
:
19637 case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown
:
19638 case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore
:
19639 case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name
:
19640 case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file
:
19641 case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches
:
19642 case OPT_gno_record_gcc_switches
:
19643 case OPT__output_pch_
:
19644 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_
:
19645 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option
:
19646 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_caret
:
19647 case OPT_fdiagnostics_color_
:
19648 case OPT_fverbose_asm
:
19650 case OPT__sysroot_
:
19652 case OPT_nostdinc__
:
19653 case OPT_fpreprocessed
:
19654 /* Ignore these. */
19657 if (cl_options
[save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
].flags
19658 & CL_NO_DWARF_RECORD
)
19660 gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][0]
19662 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][1])
19669 if (strncmp (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0] + 2,
19676 switches
.safe_push (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
);
19677 len
+= strlen (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
) + 1;
19681 producer
= XNEWVEC (char, plen
+ 1 + len
+ 1);
19683 sprintf (tail
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
19686 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (switches
, j
, p
)
19690 memcpy (tail
+ 1, p
, len
);
19698 /* Given a C and/or C++ language/version string return the "highest".
19699 C++ is assumed to be "higher" than C in this case. Used for merging
19700 LTO translation unit languages. */
19701 static const char *
19702 highest_c_language (const char *lang1
, const char *lang2
)
19704 if (strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang2
) == 0)
19705 return "GNU C++14";
19706 if (strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang2
) == 0)
19707 return "GNU C++11";
19708 if (strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang2
) == 0)
19709 return "GNU C++98";
19711 if (strcmp ("GNU C11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C11", lang2
) == 0)
19713 if (strcmp ("GNU C99", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C99", lang2
) == 0)
19715 if (strcmp ("GNU C89", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C89", lang2
) == 0)
19718 gcc_unreachable ();
19722 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19725 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
19728 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
19731 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
19735 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
19736 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19737 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
19738 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
19741 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer_string
? producer_string
: "");
19743 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
19744 from the global list of translation units. */
19745 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
19749 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
19751 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
19753 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
19756 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
19757 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
19759 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
19760 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
19761 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
19762 common_lang
= highest_c_language (common_lang
,
19763 TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
));
19766 /* Fall back to C. */
19767 common_lang
= NULL
;
19773 language_string
= common_lang
;
19776 language
= DW_LANG_C
;
19777 if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
19778 && ISDIGIT (language_string
[5]))
19780 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
19781 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19783 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C89") != 0)
19784 language
= DW_LANG_C99
;
19786 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
19787 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C11") == 0)
19788 language
= DW_LANG_C11
;
19791 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C++", 7) == 0)
19793 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
19794 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
19796 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++11") == 0)
19797 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
;
19798 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++14") == 0)
19799 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
;
19802 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
19803 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
19804 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19805 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
19806 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19808 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19809 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
19810 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
19812 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
19813 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
19815 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2003") == 0)
19816 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran03
;
19817 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2008") == 0)
19818 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran08
;
19821 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
19822 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
19823 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19824 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
19825 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19826 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
19827 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
19829 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Go") == 0)
19830 language
= DW_LANG_Go
;
19833 /* Use a degraded Fortran setting in strict DWARF2 so is_fortran works. */
19834 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
19835 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
19837 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
19841 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
19842 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
19843 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
19844 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
19845 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
19846 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19847 lowercases everything. */
19848 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
19851 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19857 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19860 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19862 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
19864 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, context_die
);
19865 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
19867 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
19868 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
19870 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
19871 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
19872 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
19873 if (access
== access_public_node
)
19875 if (dwarf_version
== 2
19876 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
19877 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
19879 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
19880 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
19881 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
19882 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
19883 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
19886 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19889 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19892 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
19895 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19896 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19897 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19898 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19899 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19900 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19901 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19902 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19903 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19904 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19905 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19907 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19910 vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
19914 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
19915 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
19916 (accesses
? (*accesses
)[i
] : access_public_node
),
19920 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19921 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
19923 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19924 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19925 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19926 do put them in the right order. */
19928 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
19930 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
19932 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
19935 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19936 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
19938 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19939 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
19942 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
19944 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
19946 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
19950 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19951 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19952 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19955 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
19956 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
19958 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19959 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
19961 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
19962 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
19963 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
19964 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
19965 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
19967 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
19970 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
19971 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19972 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
19975 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19977 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19978 if (!type_die
&& debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19979 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
19981 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
19982 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19984 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
19986 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
19987 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
19989 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
19991 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
19993 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
19996 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19998 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
19999 then give a list of members. */
20000 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
20002 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
20003 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
20004 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20005 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
20006 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
20008 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20009 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20012 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
20013 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
20014 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20015 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
20017 push_decl_scope (type
);
20018 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
20021 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
20022 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
20023 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20025 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
20026 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
20028 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
20030 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
20031 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
20032 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
20037 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20039 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
20040 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20041 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
20042 vec_safe_push (incomplete_types
, type
);
20045 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20046 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
20049 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
20052 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20054 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
20055 dw_die_ref subr_die
20056 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
20057 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20059 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
20060 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
20061 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, context_die
);
20062 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
20064 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20065 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
20068 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
20071 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20073 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20076 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
20079 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
20080 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
20081 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
20082 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20083 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
20088 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
20089 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
20091 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
20093 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20094 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
20098 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
20100 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20102 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
20103 an anonymous type, e.g:
20104 typedef struct {...} foo;
20105 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
20106 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
20107 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
20110 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
20111 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
20112 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
20113 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
20114 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
20115 anonymous struct DIE. */
20116 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20117 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20119 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
20120 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
20121 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
20122 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
20123 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
20124 this debug info. */
20125 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type
), decl
);
20129 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl
), context_die
);
20131 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
20132 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
20133 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
20135 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20137 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
20140 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
20141 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
20143 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20144 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
20147 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
20150 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
20151 dw_die_ref context_die
,
20152 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20156 if (type
== NULL_TREE
20157 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
20160 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
20161 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
20162 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
20163 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
20164 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
20165 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
20166 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
20167 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20168 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
20170 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
20172 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20175 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
20176 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20177 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20180 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20181 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
20183 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
20184 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
20185 decls_for_scope. */
20186 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20187 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
20189 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
20190 context_die
= NULL
;
20195 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
20199 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
20201 /* This might have been written out by the call to
20202 declare_in_namespace. */
20203 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20204 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20207 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20212 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
20213 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
20214 when appropriate. */
20217 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
20220 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20221 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20223 struct array_descr_info info
;
20225 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
20228 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
20229 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
20230 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20231 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20232 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
20233 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
20234 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
20236 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
20238 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
20239 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
20240 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
20242 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20245 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
20246 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
20248 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
20249 context_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
20251 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20253 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20257 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
20258 generate debug info for the typedef. */
20259 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20261 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20262 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20263 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20264 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20265 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20267 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20271 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
20272 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
20273 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
20274 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
20275 cloned type itself). */
20276 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
20277 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
20279 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
20280 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
20281 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
)
20283 memset (&info
, 0, sizeof (info
));
20284 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
))
20286 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
20287 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20292 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20295 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
20301 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
20302 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
20303 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
20304 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
20305 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
20307 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20309 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
20310 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
20311 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20312 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20316 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
20317 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
20318 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
20319 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20321 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
20322 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20323 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20325 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
20327 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20330 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
20331 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20332 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20333 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20334 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20338 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20339 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20340 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20341 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20345 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20349 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20352 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
20355 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
20356 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20362 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
20365 case POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE
:
20366 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20371 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20373 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20374 if (type_die
== NULL
)
20376 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
20377 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (),
20379 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20380 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20386 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
20388 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
20389 dw_die_ref
*die
= (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
20390 ? &auto_die
: &decltype_auto_die
);
20393 *die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
,
20394 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE
);
20395 add_name_attribute (*die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20397 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, *die
);
20400 gcc_unreachable ();
20403 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20407 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20409 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20412 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20413 things which are local to the given block. */
20416 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20418 int must_output_die
= 0;
20421 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20422 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20425 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
20427 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20428 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20429 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20430 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
20434 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
20435 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
);
20440 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20443 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20444 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20445 must_output_die
= 1;
20448 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20449 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20450 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20451 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20452 as being a "significant" one. */
20453 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
20454 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
20455 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
20456 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20457 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
20458 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
20459 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20460 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20461 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
20462 must_output_die
= 1;
20465 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20466 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20467 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20468 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20469 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20470 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20471 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20472 if (must_output_die
)
20476 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20477 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20478 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20479 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20480 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20481 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20482 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20483 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20485 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20486 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20487 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20488 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20489 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20490 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
);
20493 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
);
20496 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
);
20499 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20500 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20502 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20505 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20507 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
20508 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
20509 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
20510 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
20511 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
20515 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20516 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
20517 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
20518 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
20519 stmt
, context_die
);
20521 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20524 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20525 all of its sub-blocks. */
20528 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20534 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20535 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20538 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20539 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20540 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20541 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. We don't
20542 have to do this if we're at -g1. */
20543 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20545 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
20546 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
20547 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
20548 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
20552 /* Even if we're at -g1, we need to process the subblocks in order to get
20553 inlined call information. */
20555 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20556 therein) of this block. */
20557 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
20559 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
20560 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
);
20563 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20566 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
20568 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
20571 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
20572 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
20573 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
20574 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
20575 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
20576 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20582 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20583 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20586 typedef struct {...} foo;
20588 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20589 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20593 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
20595 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
20596 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
20597 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20598 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
20599 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
20600 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20601 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20602 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20606 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
20607 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
20608 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20609 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
20612 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20614 static inline dw_die_ref
20615 get_context_die (tree context
)
20619 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20620 if (TYPE_P (context
))
20622 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
20623 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, force_type_die (context
));
20626 return force_decl_die (context
);
20628 return comp_unit_die ();
20631 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20634 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
20636 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20637 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
20638 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
20639 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20642 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20644 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20648 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
20650 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20651 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
20652 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
20653 declaration die. */
20654 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
20655 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
20656 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
20657 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
20661 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
20662 gen_decl_die() call. */
20663 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
20664 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
20665 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
20666 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
20669 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20670 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20671 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20673 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
20674 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20677 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
20678 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20682 gcc_unreachable ();
20685 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
20687 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20688 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
20694 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
20695 always returned. */
20698 force_type_die (tree type
)
20700 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20702 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20705 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20707 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (type
),
20709 gcc_assert (type_die
);
20714 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20715 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20718 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20720 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
20721 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
20722 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20723 /* Force out the namespace. */
20724 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
20726 return context_die
;
20729 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20730 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20732 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20733 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20736 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20738 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
20740 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20741 return context_die
;
20743 /* External declarations in the local scope only need to be emitted
20744 once, not once in the namespace and once in the scope.
20746 This avoids declaring the `extern' below in the
20747 namespace DIE as well as in the innermost scope:
20760 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_EXTERNAL (thing
) && local_scope_p (context_die
))
20761 return context_die
;
20763 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20764 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20765 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20766 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
20767 return context_die
;
20769 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
20771 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
20775 if (DECL_P (thing
))
20776 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
20778 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
20780 return context_die
;
20783 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20786 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20788 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
20790 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20791 they are an alias of. */
20792 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
20794 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20795 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
20796 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
20797 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
20798 context_die
, decl
);
20799 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20800 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20802 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
20804 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
20807 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
20808 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20809 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20810 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
20814 /* Output a namespace alias. */
20816 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
20817 dw_die_ref origin_die
20818 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
20820 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
20821 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20822 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
20823 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
20824 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
20825 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
20826 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
20827 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
20829 /* Bypass dwarf2_name's check for DECL_NAMELESS. */
20830 if (want_pubnames ())
20831 add_pubname_string (lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1), namespace_die
);
20834 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
20835 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
20836 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
20839 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20841 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20842 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
20844 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
20847 /* Ignore pointer bounds decls. */
20848 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
)
20849 && TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)
20850 && POINTER_BOUNDS_P (decl_or_origin
))
20853 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
20859 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
20861 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
20862 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
20866 /* Emit its type. */
20867 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
20869 /* And its containing namespace. */
20870 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
20872 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
20875 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20876 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20877 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20878 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
20879 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin
)
20880 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
20881 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
20886 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20887 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20888 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
20889 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20892 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20893 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
20894 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20895 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
20896 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
20898 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20899 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20900 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
20901 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
20902 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
20903 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20904 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20905 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20906 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20908 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
20909 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
20912 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20913 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20915 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20916 have its containing type. */
20918 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
20919 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20920 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
20922 /* And its return type. */
20923 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
20925 /* And its virtual context. */
20926 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20927 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
20929 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
20930 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20931 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
20933 /* And its containing namespace. */
20934 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
20937 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20939 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
20943 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20944 actual typedefs. */
20945 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20948 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20949 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20950 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20951 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20952 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20953 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20954 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20955 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20956 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20958 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20961 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
20962 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
20964 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20965 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
20969 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
20970 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
20975 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20976 variable declarations or definitions. */
20977 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20980 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20982 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
20983 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
20985 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
20987 /* And its containing type. */
20988 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
20989 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20990 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
20992 /* And its containing namespace. */
20993 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
20995 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20996 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20997 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20999 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
21000 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
21001 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
21002 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21003 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21006 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
21010 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
21011 anonymous unions and structs. */
21012 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
21013 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
21014 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
21016 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
21017 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
21022 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
21023 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21025 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21026 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21027 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21030 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21031 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21032 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21033 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
21036 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
21037 gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
), context_die
,
21038 NAMELIST_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
));
21042 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
21043 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
21050 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
21051 compilation proper has finished. */
21054 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
21056 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
21057 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
21058 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
21059 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
21060 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
21061 && !POINTER_BOUNDS_P (decl
))
21062 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21065 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
21066 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
21068 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
21071 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21074 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21075 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
21076 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
21077 that DECL belongs to.
21078 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
21080 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
21082 tree lexical_block
,
21083 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
21085 expanded_location xloc
;
21086 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
21087 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
21089 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
21091 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21092 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
21096 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
21098 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
21100 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21101 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
21102 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
21103 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
21104 if (!at_import_die
)
21106 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
21107 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
21108 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21109 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
21114 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21115 if (!at_import_die
)
21117 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
21118 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
21119 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
21121 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
21123 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
21124 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
21125 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
21126 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21128 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
21129 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
21131 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMELIST_DECL
)
21132 at_import_die
= gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
),
21133 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)),
21136 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
21140 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21142 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21143 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
21150 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
21154 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
21155 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
21157 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
21158 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
21159 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
21162 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21163 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
21164 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
21165 importing whole module. */
21168 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
21171 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
21172 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
21174 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21179 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
21180 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
21183 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
21184 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
21186 && TYPE_P (context
)
21187 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21190 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21193 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
21197 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
21198 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
21199 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
21200 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
21203 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
21204 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
21208 /* Output debug information for namelists. */
21211 gen_namelist_decl (tree name
, dw_die_ref scope_die
, tree item_decls
)
21213 dw_die_ref nml_die
, nml_item_die
, nml_item_ref_die
;
21217 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21220 gcc_assert (scope_die
!= NULL
);
21221 nml_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist
, scope_die
, NULL
);
21222 add_AT_string (nml_die
, DW_AT_name
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
21224 /* If there are no item_decls, we have a nondefining namelist, e.g.
21225 with USE association; hence, set DW_AT_declaration. */
21226 if (item_decls
== NULL_TREE
)
21228 add_AT_flag (nml_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
21232 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (item_decls
), i
, value
)
21234 nml_item_ref_die
= lookup_decl_die (value
);
21235 if (!nml_item_ref_die
)
21236 nml_item_ref_die
= force_decl_die (value
);
21238 nml_item_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist_item
, nml_die
, NULL
);
21239 add_AT_die_ref (nml_item_die
, DW_AT_namelist_items
, nml_item_ref_die
);
21245 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21248 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
21250 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21252 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
21257 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21258 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
21259 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
21260 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
21261 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
21262 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
21263 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
21264 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
21265 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
21266 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
21267 with the definition of the function.
21269 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
21270 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
21271 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
21272 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
21273 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
21274 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
21275 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
21276 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
21277 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
21278 that they *are* definitions).
21280 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
21281 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
21282 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
21283 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
21284 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas.
21286 If we are called from dwarf2out_abstract_function output a DIE
21287 anyway. We can end up here this way with early inlining and LTO
21288 where the inlined function is output in a different LTRANS unit
21290 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
21291 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
21294 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
21295 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
21296 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
21297 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
21298 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
21299 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21300 context_die
= NULL
;
21304 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
21305 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
21306 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
21307 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
21308 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
21309 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
21310 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
21311 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
21312 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
21315 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
21316 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
)
21317 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
21318 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
21319 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21321 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21322 variable declarations or definitions. */
21323 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21328 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21330 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21332 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21333 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21336 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21337 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21338 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21340 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
21345 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
21346 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
21349 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
21350 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
21351 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
21354 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
21355 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21358 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
21359 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
21360 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
21361 context_die
= NULL
;
21365 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
21372 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
21375 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21378 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
21380 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21381 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
21382 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
21383 call_site_count
= -1;
21384 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
21385 block_map
.release ();
21386 decl_loc_table
->empty ();
21387 cached_dw_loc_list_table
->empty ();
21390 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
21391 a lexical block. */
21394 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21395 unsigned int blocknum
)
21397 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21398 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21401 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
21405 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
21407 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21408 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21411 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
21412 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
21414 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
21415 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
21416 we may end up calling them anyway. */
21419 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
21424 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
21425 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21426 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21428 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
21430 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
21431 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21432 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21439 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
21442 dwarf_file_hasher::equal (dwarf_file_data
*p1
, const char *p2
)
21444 return filename_cmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
21448 dwarf_file_hasher::hash (dwarf_file_data
*p
)
21450 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
21453 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21454 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21455 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21456 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21457 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21458 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21459 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21460 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21461 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21464 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
21465 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
21467 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
21469 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21470 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21471 if (file_table_last_lookup
21472 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
21473 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
21474 return file_table_last_lookup
;
21476 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21477 dwarf_file_data
**slot
21478 = file_table
->find_slot_with_hash (file_name
, htab_hash_string (file_name
),
21483 created
= ggc_alloc
<dwarf_file_data
> ();
21484 created
->filename
= file_name
;
21485 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
21490 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21491 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21492 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21493 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21494 types, which may include filenames. */
21497 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
21499 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
21501 if (last_emitted_file
)
21502 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
21504 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
21505 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
21507 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21509 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
21510 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
21511 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
21512 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21516 return fd
->emitted_number
;
21519 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21520 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21521 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21524 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
21526 die_arg_entry entry
;
21531 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21532 vec_alloc (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, 32);
21536 vec_safe_push (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, entry
);
21539 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
21543 generic_type_p (tree t
)
21545 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
21547 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
21550 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
21551 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
21552 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
21555 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
21557 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
21560 if (!generic_type_instances
)
21561 vec_alloc (generic_type_instances
, 256);
21563 vec_safe_push (generic_type_instances
, t
);
21566 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21567 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21568 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21571 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21573 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21578 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
21579 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
21583 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
21584 that have been previously scheduled by
21585 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
21586 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
21589 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
21594 if (!generic_type_instances
)
21597 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
21598 if (COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
))
21599 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
21603 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21606 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
21612 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
21616 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
21620 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
21623 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
21625 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
21626 /* replace the string. */
21627 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
21631 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
21634 /* True if before or during processing of the first function being emitted. */
21635 static bool in_first_function_p
= true;
21636 /* True if loc_note during dwarf2out_var_location call might still be
21637 before first real instruction at address equal to .Ltext0. */
21638 static bool maybe_at_text_label_p
= true;
21639 /* One above highest N where .LVLN label might be equal to .Ltext0 label. */
21640 static unsigned int first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
;
21642 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21643 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21644 our lookup table. */
21647 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*loc_note
)
21649 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
21650 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
21651 rtx_insn
*next_real
, *next_note
;
21652 static const char *last_label
;
21653 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
21654 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
21655 static rtx_insn
*expected_next_loc_note
;
21659 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note
))
21661 if (CALL_P (loc_note
))
21664 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21665 tail_call_site_count
++;
21670 var_loc_p
= NOTE_KIND (loc_note
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
;
21671 if (var_loc_p
&& !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
21674 /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
21675 notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
21676 next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
21677 calculation for next time. */
21678 next_real
= cached_next_real_insn
;
21681 if (expected_next_loc_note
!= loc_note
)
21685 next_note
= NEXT_INSN (loc_note
);
21687 || next_note
->deleted ()
21688 || ! NOTE_P (next_note
)
21689 || (NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
21690 && NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
))
21694 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
21698 expected_next_loc_note
= next_note
;
21699 cached_next_real_insn
= next_real
;
21702 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
21704 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21705 don't do anything. */
21707 && next_real
== NULL_RTX
21708 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21711 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
21712 next_real
= get_last_insn ();
21714 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21715 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21716 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21717 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
21718 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
21719 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
21722 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
21727 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
21728 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
21729 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
21730 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
21731 if (newloc
== NULL
)
21740 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21741 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21742 create a new label and emit it. */
21743 if (last_label
== NULL
)
21745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21746 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21748 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21749 /* See if loclabel might be equal to .Ltext0. If yes,
21750 bump first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label. */
21751 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21752 && in_first_function_p
21753 && maybe_at_text_label_p
)
21755 static rtx_insn
*last_start
;
21757 for (insn
= loc_note
; insn
; insn
= previous_insn (insn
))
21758 if (insn
== last_start
)
21760 else if (!NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn
))
21764 rtx body
= PATTERN (insn
);
21765 if (GET_CODE (body
) == USE
|| GET_CODE (body
) == CLOBBER
)
21767 /* Inline asm could occupy zero bytes. */
21768 else if (GET_CODE (body
) == ASM_INPUT
21769 || asm_noperands (body
) >= 0)
21771 #ifdef HAVE_attr_length
21772 else if (get_attr_min_length (insn
) == 0)
21777 /* Assume insn has non-zero length. */
21778 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
21782 if (maybe_at_text_label_p
)
21784 last_start
= loc_note
;
21785 first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
= loclabel_num
;
21792 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
21793 = ggc_cleared_alloc
<call_arg_loc_node
> ();
21794 rtx_insn
*prev
= prev_real_insn (loc_note
);
21796 ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
= loc_note
;
21797 ca_loc
->next
= NULL
;
21798 ca_loc
->label
= last_label
;
21801 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev
)
21802 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SEQUENCE
21803 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0)))));
21804 if (!CALL_P (prev
))
21805 prev
= as_a
<rtx_sequence
*> (PATTERN (prev
))->insn (0);
21806 ca_loc
->tail_call_p
= SIBLING_CALL_P (prev
);
21807 x
= get_call_rtx_from (PATTERN (prev
));
21810 x
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
21811 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
21812 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)
21813 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
21814 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= x
;
21816 ca_loc
->block
= insn_scope (prev
);
21817 if (call_arg_locations
)
21818 call_arg_loc_last
->next
= ca_loc
;
21820 call_arg_locations
= ca_loc
;
21821 call_arg_loc_last
= ca_loc
;
21823 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21824 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
21827 if (!last_postcall_label
)
21829 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
21830 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21832 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
21835 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
21836 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
21839 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
21842 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (var_loc_list
**slot
, void *)
21844 var_loc_list
*list
= *slot
;
21846 list
->last_before_switch
21847 = list
->last
->next
? list
->last
->next
: list
->last
;
21851 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
21854 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
21856 if (decl_loc_table
== NULL
)
21859 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<void *, var_location_switch_text_section_1
> (NULL
);
21862 /* Create a new line number table. */
21864 static dw_line_info_table
*
21865 new_line_info_table (void)
21867 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
21869 table
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_line_info_table_struct
> ();
21870 table
->file_num
= 1;
21871 table
->line_num
= 1;
21872 table
->is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
21877 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
21878 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
21881 set_cur_line_info_table (section
*sec
)
21883 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
21885 if (sec
== text_section
)
21886 table
= text_section_line_info
;
21887 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
21889 table
= cold_text_section_line_info
;
21892 cold_text_section_line_info
= table
= new_line_info_table ();
21893 table
->end_label
= cold_end_label
;
21898 const char *end_label
;
21900 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21902 if (in_cold_section_p
)
21903 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
21905 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
21909 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
21910 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
21911 current_function_funcdef_no
);
21912 end_label
= ggc_strdup (label
);
21915 table
= new_line_info_table ();
21916 table
->end_label
= end_label
;
21918 vec_safe_push (separate_line_info
, table
);
21921 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21922 table
->is_stmt
= (cur_line_info_table
21923 ? cur_line_info_table
->is_stmt
21924 : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
);
21925 cur_line_info_table
= table
;
21929 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
21930 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
21931 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
21932 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
21935 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
21937 section
*sec
= function_section (fun
);
21939 if (sec
!= text_section
)
21940 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
21942 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
21944 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
21945 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
21946 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
21947 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
21948 switch_to_section (sec
);
21951 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21952 call_site_count
= 0;
21953 tail_call_site_count
= 0;
21955 set_cur_line_info_table (sec
);
21958 /* Helper function of dwarf2out_end_function, called only after emitting
21959 the very first function into assembly. Check if some .debug_loc range
21960 might end with a .LVL* label that could be equal to .Ltext0.
21961 In that case we must force using absolute addresses in .debug_loc ranges,
21962 because this range could be .LVLN-.Ltext0 .. .LVLM-.Ltext0 for
21963 .LVLN == .LVLM == .Ltext0, thus 0 .. 0, which is a .debug_loc
21965 Set have_multiple_function_sections to true in that case and
21966 terminate htab traversal. */
21969 find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label (var_loc_list
**slot
, int)
21971 var_loc_list
*entry
= *slot
;
21972 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
21974 node
= entry
->first
;
21975 if (node
&& node
->next
&& node
->next
->label
)
21978 const char *label
= node
->next
->label
;
21979 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
21981 for (i
= 0; i
< first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
; i
++)
21983 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", i
);
21984 if (strcmp (label
, loclabel
) == 0)
21986 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
21994 /* Hook called after emitting a function into assembly.
21995 This does something only for the very first function emitted. */
21998 dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int)
22000 if (in_first_function_p
22001 && !have_multiple_function_sections
22002 && first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
22004 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<int, find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label
> (0);
22005 in_first_function_p
= false;
22006 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
22009 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
22012 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table
*table
,
22013 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
, unsigned int val
)
22015 dw_line_info_entry e
;
22018 vec_safe_push (table
->entries
, e
);
22021 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
22022 and record information relating to this source line, in
22023 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
22024 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
22027 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
22028 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
22030 unsigned int file_num
;
22031 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
22033 if (debug_info_level
< DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
|| line
== 0)
22036 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
22037 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
22038 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && dwarf_strict
)
22041 table
= cur_line_info_table
;
22042 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
22044 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
22045 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
22046 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
22047 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
22048 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
22049 that second line number entry. */
22050 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
22051 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
22052 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
22053 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to precede the first insn
22054 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
22055 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
22056 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
22058 if (0 && file_num
== table
->file_num
22059 && line
== table
->line_num
22060 && discriminator
== table
->discrim_num
22061 && is_stmt
== table
->is_stmt
)
22064 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22066 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
22067 if (flag_debug_asm
)
22068 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
, filename
, line
);
22070 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
22072 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
22073 /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
22074 file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
22075 fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file
);
22076 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, file_num
);
22077 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
22078 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, line
);
22079 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
22080 putc ('0', asm_out_file
);
22082 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
22084 fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file
);
22085 putc (is_stmt
? '1' : '0', asm_out_file
);
22087 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
22089 gcc_assert (discriminator
> 0);
22090 fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file
);
22091 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, (unsigned long) discriminator
);
22093 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
22097 unsigned int label_num
= ++line_info_label_num
;
22099 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, label_num
);
22101 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_address
, label_num
);
22102 if (file_num
!= table
->file_num
)
22103 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_file
, file_num
);
22104 if (discriminator
!= table
->discrim_num
)
22105 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_discriminator
, discriminator
);
22106 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
22107 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_negate_stmt
, 0);
22108 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_line
, line
);
22111 table
->file_num
= file_num
;
22112 table
->line_num
= line
;
22113 table
->discrim_num
= discriminator
;
22114 table
->is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
22115 table
->in_use
= true;
22118 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
22121 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
22123 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
22125 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
22126 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
22128 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22129 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
22132 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22135 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
22137 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (filename
);
22138 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
22142 /* Record the end of a source file. */
22145 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22147 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
22148 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
22149 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22151 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22154 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
22157 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
22161 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22162 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22163 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22166 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22167 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22169 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22172 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
22173 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
22174 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
22179 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
22181 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
22183 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
22184 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
22188 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22189 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22190 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22193 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22194 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22196 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22199 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
22200 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
22201 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
22206 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
22208 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
22210 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
22211 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
22215 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
22217 struct macinfo_entry_hasher
: typed_noop_remove
<macinfo_entry
>
22219 typedef macinfo_entry value_type
;
22220 typedef macinfo_entry compare_type
;
22221 static inline hashval_t
hash (const value_type
*);
22222 static inline bool equal (const value_type
*, const compare_type
*);
22226 macinfo_entry_hasher::hash (const value_type
*entry
)
22228 return htab_hash_string (entry
->info
);
22232 macinfo_entry_hasher::equal (const value_type
*entry1
,
22233 const compare_type
*entry2
)
22235 return !strcmp (entry1
->info
, entry2
->info
);
22238 typedef hash_table
<macinfo_entry_hasher
> macinfo_hash_type
;
22240 /* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
22243 output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry
*ref
)
22247 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
22248 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
22249 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
;
22253 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
22254 fd
= lookup_filename (ref
->info
);
22255 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (fd
);
22256 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
22257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
,
22258 "Included from line number %lu",
22259 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
22260 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
22262 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
22263 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
22265 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
22266 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
22267 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
22269 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
22270 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
22271 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
22273 ref
->code
= ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
22274 ? DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
22275 : DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect
;
22276 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
22279 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
22280 ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
22281 ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
22282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22283 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
22284 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
22286 case DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
:
22287 case DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect
:
22288 node
= find_AT_string (ref
->info
);
22290 && ((node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
22291 || (node
->form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
)));
22292 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
22293 ref
->code
== DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
22294 ? "Define macro indirect"
22295 : "Undefine macro indirect");
22296 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22297 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
22298 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
22299 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->label
,
22300 debug_str_section
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
22303 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (node
->index
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
22306 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
:
22307 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
, "Transparent include");
22308 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
22309 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
, ref
->lineno
);
22310 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, label
, NULL
, NULL
);
22313 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
22314 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long) ref
->code
);
22319 /* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
22320 other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
22321 index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
22322 emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
22323 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entry referencing it.
22324 If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
22327 optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx
, vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
,
22328 macinfo_hash_type
**macinfo_htab
)
22330 macinfo_entry
*first
, *second
, *cur
, *inc
;
22331 char linebuf
[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
) * 3 + 1];
22332 unsigned char checksum
[16];
22333 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
22334 char *grp_name
, *tail
;
22336 unsigned int i
, count
, encoded_filename_len
, linebuf_len
;
22337 macinfo_entry
**slot
;
22339 first
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
];
22340 second
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
+ 1];
22342 /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
22343 and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
22344 with lineno {0,1} (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
22345 in some included header file. */
22346 if (second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
22348 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
22350 if (first
->lineno
> 1 || second
->lineno
> 1)
22353 else if (first
->lineno
== 0)
22356 /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
22357 with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
22358 codes, linenumbers and strings. */
22359 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
22360 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
); i
++)
22361 if (cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
22363 else if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
) && cur
->lineno
> 1)
22367 unsigned char code
= cur
->code
;
22368 md5_process_bytes (&code
, 1, &ctx
);
22369 checksum_uleb128 (cur
->lineno
, &ctx
);
22370 md5_process_bytes (cur
->info
, strlen (cur
->info
) + 1, &ctx
);
22372 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
22375 /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
22376 usable characters from its basename. */
22377 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
22380 base
= lbasename (files
->last ().info
);
22381 for (encoded_filename_len
= 0, i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
22382 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
22383 encoded_filename_len
++;
22384 /* Count . at the end. */
22385 if (encoded_filename_len
)
22386 encoded_filename_len
++;
22388 sprintf (linebuf
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, first
->lineno
);
22389 linebuf_len
= strlen (linebuf
);
22391 /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
22392 grp_name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len
+ linebuf_len
+ 1
22394 memcpy (grp_name
, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
22395 tail
= grp_name
+ 4;
22396 if (encoded_filename_len
)
22398 for (i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
22399 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
22403 memcpy (tail
, linebuf
, linebuf_len
);
22404 tail
+= linebuf_len
;
22406 for (i
= 0; i
< 16; i
++)
22407 sprintf (tail
+ i
* 2, "%02x", checksum
[i
] & 0xff);
22409 /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
22410 in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
22411 inc
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
- 1];
22412 inc
->code
= DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
;
22414 inc
->info
= ggc_strdup (grp_name
);
22415 if (!*macinfo_htab
)
22416 *macinfo_htab
= new macinfo_hash_type (10);
22417 /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
22418 slot
= (*macinfo_htab
)->find_slot (inc
, INSERT
);
22423 /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
22424 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op. */
22426 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
22427 /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
22428 in the second pass. */
22429 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
) && i
< idx
+ count
; i
++)
22438 inc
->lineno
= (*macinfo_htab
)->elements ();
22439 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
22444 /* Save any strings needed by the macinfo table in the debug str
22445 table. All strings must be collected into the table by the time
22446 index_string is called. */
22449 save_macinfo_strings (void)
22453 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
22455 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
&& macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
22459 /* Match the logic in output_macinfo_op to decide on
22460 indirect strings. */
22461 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
22462 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
22463 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
22465 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
22466 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
22467 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
22468 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
22470 case DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
:
22471 case DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect
:
22472 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
22480 /* Output macinfo section(s). */
22483 output_macinfo (void)
22486 unsigned long length
= vec_safe_length (macinfo_table
);
22487 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
22488 vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
= NULL
;
22489 macinfo_hash_type
*macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
22494 /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
22495 gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define
== (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_define
22496 && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef
== (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_undef
22497 && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_start_file
22498 && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_end_file
);
22500 /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
22503 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
22504 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
22505 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
22507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
22508 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
22509 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
? debug_line_section_label
22510 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
),
22511 debug_line_section
, NULL
);
22514 /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
22515 and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
22516 If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
22517 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include, the
22518 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op is emitted and kept in
22519 the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
22520 whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
22521 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
22525 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
22526 vec_safe_push (files
, *ref
);
22528 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
22529 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
22532 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
22533 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
22535 && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
22536 && vec_safe_length (files
) != 1
22539 && (*macinfo_table
)[i
- 1].code
== 0)
22541 unsigned count
= optimize_macinfo_range (i
, files
, &macinfo_htab
);
22550 /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
22551 to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
22557 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
22565 delete macinfo_htab
;
22566 macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
22568 /* If any DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include were used, on those
22569 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entries terminate the
22570 current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
22571 section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
22572 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
22577 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
:
22579 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
22580 tree comdat_key
= get_identifier (ref
->info
);
22581 /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
22582 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22583 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
,
22585 | SECTION_LINKONCE
,
22587 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
22588 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
,
22590 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
22593 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
22594 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
22595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
22597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
22600 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
22601 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
22602 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
22607 gcc_unreachable ();
22611 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
22614 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22616 /* Allocate the file_table. */
22617 file_table
= hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
>::create_ggc (50);
22619 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
22620 decl_die_table
= hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
22622 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
22623 decl_loc_table
= hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
22625 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
22626 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
22628 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
22629 vec_alloc (decl_scope_table
, 256);
22631 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
22632 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_cleared_vec_alloc
<dw_die_ref
>
22633 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
22634 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22635 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22636 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
22638 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
22639 vec_alloc (pubname_table
, 32);
22640 vec_alloc (pubtype_table
, 32);
22642 vec_alloc (incomplete_types
, 64);
22644 vec_alloc (used_rtx_array
, 32);
22646 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
22648 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
22649 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22650 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
22651 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22652 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
22653 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22657 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
,
22658 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
22659 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
22660 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
22662 debug_addr_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
,
22663 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22664 debug_skeleton_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
22665 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22666 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
22667 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22668 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
22669 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22671 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections stay in
22672 the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the split off dwo. */
22673 debug_skeleton_line_section
22674 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
,
22675 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
22676 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label
,
22677 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22678 debug_str_offsets_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
,
22679 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
22681 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
22682 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22683 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
,
22684 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
22685 debug_str_dwo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
,
22686 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
22688 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
22689 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22690 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (dwarf_strict
22691 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
22692 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
,
22693 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
22694 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
22695 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22696 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
22697 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22698 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
22699 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22700 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
22701 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
22702 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
22703 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22704 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
22705 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22707 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
22708 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
22709 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22710 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22711 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
22712 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22713 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
22715 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
22716 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22717 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
22718 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22719 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
22720 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22721 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_addr_section_label
,
22722 DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22723 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
22725 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
22726 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22727 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22729 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22730 vec_alloc (macinfo_table
, 64);
22732 switch_to_section (text_section
);
22733 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
22735 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
22736 text_section_line_info
= new_line_info_table ();
22737 text_section_line_info
->end_label
= text_end_label
;
22740 /* Called before compile () starts outputtting functions, variables
22741 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
22744 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
22746 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
22747 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
22748 && (!(flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
22749 || targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
))
22750 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
22753 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22754 htab_traverse. Assign a string its index. All strings must be
22755 collected into the table by the time index_string is called,
22756 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
22757 in the same order for each run. */
22760 index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
22762 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
22764 find_string_form (node
);
22765 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
&& node
->refcount
> 0)
22767 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
22768 node
->index
= *index
;
22774 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings called through
22775 htab_traverse. Output the offset to a string and update the
22779 output_index_string_offset (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *offset
)
22781 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
22783 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
&& node
->refcount
> 0)
22785 /* Assert that this node has been assigned an index. */
22786 gcc_assert (node
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
22787 && node
->index
!= NOT_INDEXED
);
22788 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, *offset
,
22789 "indexed string 0x%x: %s", node
->index
, node
->str
);
22790 *offset
+= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
22795 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22796 htab_traverse. Output the indexed string. */
22799 output_index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *cur_idx
)
22801 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
22803 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
&& node
->refcount
> 0)
22805 /* Assert that the strings are output in the same order as their
22806 indexes were assigned. */
22807 gcc_assert (*cur_idx
== node
->index
);
22808 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
22814 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22815 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
22818 output_indirect_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, void *)
22820 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
22822 node
->form
= find_string_form (node
);
22823 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
&& node
->refcount
> 0)
22825 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
22826 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
22832 /* Output the indexed string table. */
22835 output_indirect_strings (void)
22837 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
22838 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
22839 debug_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, output_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
22842 unsigned int offset
= 0;
22843 unsigned int cur_idx
= 0;
22845 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, output_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
22847 switch_to_section (debug_str_offsets_section
);
22848 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
22849 <unsigned int *, output_index_string_offset
> (&offset
);
22850 switch_to_section (debug_str_dwo_section
);
22851 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_index_string
>
22856 /* Callback for htab_traverse to assign an index to an entry in the
22857 table, and to write that entry to the .debug_addr section. */
22860 output_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**slot
, unsigned int *cur_index
)
22862 addr_table_entry
*entry
= *slot
;
22864 if (entry
->refcount
== 0)
22866 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
22867 || entry
->index
== NOT_INDEXED
);
22871 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== *cur_index
);
22874 switch (entry
->kind
)
22877 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.rtl
,
22878 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
22880 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
22881 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
22882 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
22885 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
22887 case ate_kind_label
:
22888 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.label
,
22889 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
22892 gcc_unreachable ();
22897 /* Produce the .debug_addr section. */
22900 output_addr_table (void)
22902 unsigned int index
= 0;
22903 if (addr_index_table
== NULL
|| addr_index_table
->size () == 0)
22906 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section
);
22908 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_addr_table_entry
> (&index
);
22911 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22912 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
22915 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
22919 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
22920 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
22922 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22924 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
22925 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
22928 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22934 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
22937 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
22938 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
22941 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
22946 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22948 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
22950 /* A reference to another DIE.
22951 Make sure that it will get emitted.
22952 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
22953 if (! AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
22954 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
)
22955 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
22957 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
22958 accounts properly for it. */
22959 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22960 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
22964 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
22967 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22971 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
22973 c
= die
->die_child
;
22976 if (is_template_parameter (c
))
22977 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
22979 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
22982 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
22983 to DIE's children. */
22986 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
22990 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22992 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
22994 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
22995 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
22997 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
22999 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
23000 (But we don't want to mark our parent's kids due to this,
23001 unless it is a class.) */
23002 if (die
->die_parent
)
23003 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
,
23004 class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
));
23006 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
23007 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
23009 /* If this node is a specification,
23010 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
23011 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
23012 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
23015 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
23017 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
23018 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
23021 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
23022 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
23023 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
23024 for all type definitions. */
23025 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
23026 || (use_debug_types
23027 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
23028 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
23030 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
23034 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
23035 and if so, mark them. */
23038 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
23042 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
23045 switch (die
->die_tag
)
23047 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
23048 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
23049 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
23052 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
23053 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
23054 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
23055 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
23062 /* Mark children. */
23063 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
23066 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
23069 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
23073 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
23074 children have been marked as well. */
23075 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
23078 switch (die
->die_tag
)
23080 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
23081 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
23082 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
23083 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
23086 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
23087 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
23090 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
23091 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
23092 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
23093 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
23094 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
23096 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
23098 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23101 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
23102 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
23103 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
23104 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
23105 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
23106 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
23107 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
23108 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
23109 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
23110 case DW_TAG_friend
:
23111 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
23112 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
23113 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
23114 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
23115 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
23116 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
23117 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
23118 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
23119 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
23122 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23126 /* Mark everything else. */
23130 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
23134 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
23135 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
23140 /* Mark children. */
23141 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
23144 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
23148 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
23153 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23154 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
23156 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
23158 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
23159 twice in the hash table. */
23161 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
23163 indirect_string_node
**slot
23164 = debug_str_hash
->find_slot_with_hash (s
->str
,
23165 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
23167 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
23173 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
23176 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
23180 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
23181 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
23183 if (! die
->die_child
)
23186 c
= die
->die_child
;
23188 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
23189 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
23190 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
23192 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
23194 /* No marked children at all. */
23195 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
23198 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
23199 die
->die_child
= prev
;
23204 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
23206 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
23207 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
23210 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
23213 prune_unused_types (void)
23216 limbo_die_node
*node
;
23217 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
23219 dw_die_ref base_type
;
23221 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
23222 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
23223 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
23224 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23225 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
23226 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23227 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
23228 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
23230 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
23231 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
23233 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
23234 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
23235 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23236 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
23237 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23239 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
23240 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
23243 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the pubname_table. Enumerators
23244 are unusual in that they are pubnames that are the children of pubtypes.
23245 They should only be marked via their parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die,
23246 not as roots in themselves. */
23247 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
23248 if (pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
23249 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
23250 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
23251 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type
, 1);
23253 if (debug_str_hash
)
23254 debug_str_hash
->empty ();
23255 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
23256 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->empty ();
23257 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
23258 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23259 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
23260 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23261 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
23263 /* Leave the marks clear. */
23264 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
23265 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23266 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
23267 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23268 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
23271 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
23274 file_table_relative_p (dwarf_file_data
**slot
, bool *p
)
23276 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
23277 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
23285 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
23287 struct comdat_type_hasher
: typed_noop_remove
<comdat_type_node
>
23289 typedef comdat_type_node value_type
;
23290 typedef comdat_type_node compare_type
;
23291 static inline hashval_t
hash (const value_type
*);
23292 static inline bool equal (const value_type
*, const compare_type
*);
23296 comdat_type_hasher::hash (const value_type
*type_node
)
23299 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
23304 comdat_type_hasher::equal (const value_type
*type_node_1
,
23305 const compare_type
*type_node_2
)
23307 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
23308 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
23311 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
23312 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
23313 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
23314 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
23315 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
23316 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
23319 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
23321 unsigned ix
= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
);
23322 dw_attr_node linkage
= (*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
23324 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
23325 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
23329 dw_attr_node
*prev
= &(*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
23331 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
23335 if (ix
!= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) - 1)
23337 die
->die_attr
->pop ();
23338 die
->die_attr
->quick_insert (ix
, linkage
);
23342 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
23343 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
23346 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
23348 dw_die_ref base_type
= NULL
;
23350 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
23352 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
23354 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
23355 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
23356 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
23358 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
23359 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
23360 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
23363 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
23364 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
23366 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
23367 mark_base_types (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
23372 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ());
23373 if (base_type
->die_mark
)
23374 base_type
->die_mark
++;
23377 base_types
.safe_push (base_type
);
23378 base_type
->die_mark
= 1;
23383 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
23386 base_type_cmp (const void *x
, const void *y
)
23388 dw_die_ref dx
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) x
;
23389 dw_die_ref dy
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) y
;
23390 unsigned int byte_size1
, byte_size2
;
23391 unsigned int encoding1
, encoding2
;
23392 if (dx
->die_mark
> dy
->die_mark
)
23394 if (dx
->die_mark
< dy
->die_mark
)
23396 byte_size1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
23397 byte_size2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
23398 if (byte_size1
< byte_size2
)
23400 if (byte_size1
> byte_size2
)
23402 encoding1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_encoding
);
23403 encoding2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_encoding
);
23404 if (encoding1
< encoding2
)
23406 if (encoding1
> encoding2
)
23411 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
23412 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
23413 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
23414 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
23415 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
23418 move_marked_base_types (void)
23421 dw_die_ref base_type
, die
, c
;
23423 if (base_types
.is_empty ())
23426 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
23428 base_types
.qsort (base_type_cmp
);
23429 die
= comp_unit_die ();
23430 c
= die
->die_child
;
23433 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
23435 while (c
->die_mark
)
23437 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
23438 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
23439 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
23440 gcc_assert (c
!= c
->die_sib
);
23444 while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
23445 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
);
23446 c
= die
->die_child
;
23447 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
23449 base_type
->die_mark
= 0;
23450 base_type
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
23451 c
->die_sib
= base_type
;
23456 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
23457 one CONST_STRING, return true if successful. Similarly verify that
23458 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
23461 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
)
23465 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
23467 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
23468 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
23469 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
23471 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
23472 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
23473 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
23475 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
23476 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
23477 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
23478 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
23480 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
23485 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
23486 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
23488 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
23490 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))))
23493 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
23497 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
23499 subrtx_ptr_iterator::array_type array
;
23500 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_PTR (iter
, array
, &XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
23501 if (!resolve_one_addr (*iter
))
23508 /* For STRING_CST, return SYMBOL_REF of its constant pool entry,
23509 if possible, and create DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure that can be referenced
23510 from DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer if the string hasn't been seen yet. */
23513 string_cst_pool_decl (tree t
)
23515 rtx rtl
= output_constant_def (t
, 1);
23516 unsigned char *array
;
23517 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
23522 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
23524 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
23525 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
23526 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
) == NULL_TREE
)
23529 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
23530 if (!lookup_decl_die (decl
))
23532 len
= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t
);
23533 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
23534 ref
= new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
, comp_unit_die (), decl
);
23535 array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (len
);
23536 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (t
), len
);
23537 l
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
, len
, 0);
23538 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
23539 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= len
;
23540 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 1;
23541 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
23542 add_AT_loc (ref
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
23543 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, ref
);
23548 /* Helper function of resolve_addr_in_expr. LOC is
23549 a DW_OP_addr followed by DW_OP_stack_value, either at the start
23550 of exprloc or after DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, and val_addr can't be
23551 resolved. Replace it (both DW_OP_addr and DW_OP_stack_value)
23552 with DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer if possible
23553 and return true, if unsuccessful, return false. */
23556 optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
23558 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
23559 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
23560 dw_die_ref ref
= NULL
;
23563 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
23564 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == PLUS
23565 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1)))
23567 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1));
23568 rtl
= XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0);
23570 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
23572 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
23573 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
23574 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
23577 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
23578 rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (t
);
23582 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
23584 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
23585 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
23587 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
23588 if (ref
&& (get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
23589 || get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
23591 loc
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
;
23592 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
23593 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
23594 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
23595 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23596 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
23597 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= offset
;
23605 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
23606 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
23607 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
23610 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
23612 dw_loc_descr_ref keep
= NULL
;
23613 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev
= NULL
; loc
; prev
= loc
, loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
23614 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
23617 if (!resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
23620 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
23621 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
23622 && loc
->dw_loc_next
23623 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_stack_value
23625 && optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (loc
))
23630 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
23631 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
23632 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
23633 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_const_index
&& loc
->dtprel
))
23635 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
23636 if (!resolve_one_addr (&rtl
))
23638 remove_addr_table_entry (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
23639 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
=
23640 add_addr_table_entry (rtl
, ate_kind_rtx
);
23643 case DW_OP_const4u
:
23644 case DW_OP_const8u
:
23646 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
23649 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
23650 if (size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
23651 > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
23653 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
> 0)
23655 dw_loc_descr_ref repl
23656 = int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
23657 add_loc_descr (&repl
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
23658 add_loc_descr (&repl
, loc
->dw_loc_next
);
23662 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
23663 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
23664 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
))
23667 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
23668 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
23669 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
23672 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
23675 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
23676 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
23677 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23680 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
23681 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
23682 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
23683 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
23684 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
23685 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
23686 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_convert
)
23688 dw_die_ref base1
, base2
;
23689 unsigned enc1
, enc2
, size1
, size2
;
23690 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
23691 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
23692 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
23693 else if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
23694 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
23697 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
23698 if (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
23699 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
23701 base2
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
23702 gcc_assert (base1
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
23703 && base2
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
);
23704 enc1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_encoding
);
23705 enc2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_encoding
);
23706 size1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
23707 size2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
23709 && (((enc1
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc1
== DW_ATE_signed
)
23710 && (enc2
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc2
== DW_ATE_signed
)
23714 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_GNU_convert after
23715 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
23716 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
23717 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
23718 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
23720 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
23721 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
23724 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_GNU_convert after e.g. floating
23725 point typed stack entry. */
23726 else if (enc1
!= DW_ATE_unsigned
&& enc1
!= DW_ATE_signed
)
23727 keep
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
23737 /* Helper function of resolve_addr. DIE had DW_AT_location of
23738 DW_OP_addr alone, which referred to DECL in DW_OP_addr's operand
23739 and DW_OP_addr couldn't be resolved. resolve_addr has already
23740 removed the DW_AT_location attribute. This function attempts to
23741 add a new DW_AT_location attribute with DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
23742 to it or DW_AT_const_value attribute, if possible. */
23745 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
23747 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
23748 || lookup_decl_die (decl
) != die
23749 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
23750 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
23751 || DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
23752 || DECL_P (DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
23753 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
23756 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
23757 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
23758 /* For variables that have been optimized away and thus
23759 don't have a memory location, see if we can emit
23760 DW_AT_const_value instead. */
23761 if (tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, init
))
23765 /* If init is ADDR_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR of ADDR_EXPR,
23766 and ADDR_EXPR refers to a decl that has DW_AT_location or
23767 DW_AT_const_value (but isn't addressable, otherwise
23768 resolving the original DW_OP_addr wouldn't fail), see if
23769 we can add DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer. */
23771 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
23772 && tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1)))
23774 offset
= tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1));
23775 init
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
23778 if (TREE_CODE (init
) != ADDR_EXPR
)
23780 if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
23781 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)))
23782 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == VAR_DECL
23783 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))
23784 && TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0) != decl
))
23787 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
23789 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
)
23791 rtx rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0));
23794 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
23797 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
23798 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
23800 || (!get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
23801 && !get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
23803 l
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
, 0, offset
);
23804 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
23805 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
23806 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23807 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
23811 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
23812 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
23813 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
23814 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
23815 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
23816 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
23819 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
23823 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
, *start
, loc
;
23826 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23827 switch (AT_class (a
))
23829 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
23830 start
= curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
23833 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
23834 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
23836 *curr
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
23837 else if (!loc
->resolved_addr
)
23839 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
23840 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
23841 References must be identical or completely separate.
23842 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
23843 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
23844 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
23847 gcc_assert (!(*curr
)->replaced
&& !(*curr
)->resolved_addr
);
23848 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
23850 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
23851 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= (*curr
)->expr
;
23853 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
23855 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
23856 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
23858 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
23859 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
23864 mark_base_types ((*curr
)->expr
);
23865 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
23869 loc
->resolved_addr
= 1;
23873 loc
->dw_loc_next
= *start
;
23878 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23882 case dw_val_class_loc
:
23884 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= AT_loc (a
);
23885 /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
23886 DW_AT_data_member_location containing
23887 DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
23888 rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
23889 but shorter, location description. */
23890 if ((dwarf_version
> 2
23891 || a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_data_member_location
23893 || l
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_plus_uconst
23894 || l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
23895 && !resolve_addr_in_expr (l
))
23897 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
23898 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
23900 && l
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
23901 && l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
23902 && GET_CODE (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
23903 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
23904 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_location
)
23906 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
);
23907 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23909 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (die
, decl
);
23912 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23916 mark_base_types (l
);
23919 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23920 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
23921 && !resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
))
23923 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
23924 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
23925 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23928 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
23929 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
23931 tree tdecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
);
23932 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23934 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl
)
23935 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl
) == NULL_TREE
)
23937 force_decl_die (tdecl
);
23938 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23942 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
23943 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= tdie
;
23944 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23948 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
23949 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
23950 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23959 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
23962 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
23963 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
23966 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode into HSTATE. */
23969 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
23971 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23972 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23974 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
23976 case DW_OP_const4u
:
23977 case DW_OP_const8u
:
23981 case DW_OP_const1u
:
23982 case DW_OP_const1s
:
23983 case DW_OP_const2u
:
23984 case DW_OP_const2s
:
23985 case DW_OP_const4s
:
23986 case DW_OP_const8s
:
23990 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
24026 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
24027 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
24028 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
24035 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
24036 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
24037 hstate
.add_object (offset
);
24040 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
24041 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
24042 switch (val2
->val_class
)
24044 case dw_val_class_const
:
24045 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
24047 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24049 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
24050 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
24052 hstate
.add_int (elt_size
);
24053 hstate
.add_int (len
);
24054 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
24057 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24058 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
24059 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
24061 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
24062 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
24063 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
24064 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
24066 case dw_val_class_addr
:
24067 inchash::add_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
24070 gcc_unreachable ();
24074 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
24075 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
24076 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
24082 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
24083 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
24085 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
24087 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
24088 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
24092 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
24093 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
24095 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
24098 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
24099 hstate
.add_int (val2
->v
.val_int
);
24101 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
24102 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_loc
);
24104 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
24105 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
24107 unsigned int byte_size
24108 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24109 unsigned int encoding
24110 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24111 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
24112 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
24113 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
24116 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
24117 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
24118 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
24120 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
24124 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
24126 unsigned int byte_size
24127 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24128 unsigned int encoding
24129 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24130 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
24131 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
24132 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_const_type
)
24134 hstate
.add_object (val2
->val_class
);
24135 switch (val2
->val_class
)
24137 case dw_val_class_const
:
24138 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
24140 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24142 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
24143 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
24145 hstate
.add_object (elt_size
);
24146 hstate
.add_object (len
);
24147 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
24150 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24151 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
24152 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
24154 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
24155 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
24156 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
24157 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
24160 gcc_unreachable ();
24166 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24171 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC into HSTATE. */
24174 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
24176 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
24177 bool sizes_computed
= false;
24178 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
24179 size_of_locs (loc
);
24181 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
24183 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
24184 hstate
.add_object (opc
);
24185 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
24187 size_of_locs (loc
);
24188 sizes_computed
= true;
24190 hash_loc_operands (l
, hstate
);
24194 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
24197 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
24199 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
24200 inchash::hash hstate
;
24202 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
24204 hstate
.add (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1);
24205 hstate
.add (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1);
24207 hstate
.add (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1);
24208 hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hstate
);
24210 list_head
->hash
= hstate
.end ();
24213 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
24216 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
24218 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
24219 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
24220 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
24221 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
24223 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
24225 case DW_OP_const4u
:
24226 case DW_OP_const8u
:
24230 case DW_OP_const1u
:
24231 case DW_OP_const1s
:
24232 case DW_OP_const2u
:
24233 case DW_OP_const2s
:
24234 case DW_OP_const4s
:
24235 case DW_OP_const8s
:
24239 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
24275 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
24276 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
24277 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
24280 /* If splitting debug info, the use of DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
24281 can cause irrelevant differences in dw_loc_addr. */
24282 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
24283 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
24284 && (dwarf_split_debug_info
24285 || x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
));
24286 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
24287 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
24288 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
24289 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
24291 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
24293 case dw_val_class_const
:
24294 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24295 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24296 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24297 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
24298 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
24299 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24300 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
24301 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24302 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
24303 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
24304 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
24305 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
24306 case dw_val_class_addr
:
24307 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
24309 gcc_unreachable ();
24312 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
24313 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
24314 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24317 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valy1
->v
.val_addr
);
24318 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
24319 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
24321 rtx ax1
= valx1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
24322 rtx ay1
= valy1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
24323 return rtx_equal_p (ax1
, ay1
);
24325 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
24326 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
24327 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
24328 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
24329 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24330 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
24331 return compare_loc_operands (valx1
->v
.val_loc
, valy1
->v
.val_loc
);
24332 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
24333 if (valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
24334 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
24336 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
24338 case dw_val_class_const
:
24339 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24340 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24341 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24342 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
24343 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
24344 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24345 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
24346 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24347 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
24348 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
24349 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
24350 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
24352 gcc_unreachable ();
24354 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
24355 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
24356 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
24357 && valx2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24358 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
24359 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
24360 if (valx1
->val_class
!= valy1
->val_class
)
24362 if (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
24363 return valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
== valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
24364 return valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24365 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
24366 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
24367 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
24368 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24370 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24375 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
24378 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
24380 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
24381 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
24382 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
24383 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
24385 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
24388 /* Hashtable helpers. */
24390 struct loc_list_hasher
: typed_noop_remove
<dw_loc_list_struct
>
24392 typedef dw_loc_list_struct value_type
;
24393 typedef dw_loc_list_struct compare_type
;
24394 static inline hashval_t
hash (const value_type
*);
24395 static inline bool equal (const value_type
*, const compare_type
*);
24398 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
24401 loc_list_hasher::hash (const value_type
*x
)
24406 /* Return true if location lists A and B are the same. */
24409 loc_list_hasher::equal (const value_type
*a
, const compare_type
*b
)
24413 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
24415 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
24416 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
24417 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
24418 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
24419 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
24420 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
24422 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
24425 typedef hash_table
<loc_list_hasher
> loc_list_hash_type
;
24428 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24429 children and share them whenever possible. */
24432 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, loc_list_hash_type
*htab
)
24437 dw_loc_list_struct
**slot
;
24439 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
24440 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
24442 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
24443 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
24444 it and storing into the hash table. */
24445 hash_loc_list (list
);
24446 slot
= htab
->find_slot_with_hash (list
, list
->hash
, INSERT
);
24450 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= *slot
;
24453 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
24457 /* Recursively assign each location list a unique index into the debug_addr
24461 index_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
24467 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
24468 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
24470 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
24471 dw_loc_list_ref curr
;
24472 for (curr
= list
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
24474 /* Don't index an entry that has already been indexed
24475 or won't be output. */
24476 if (curr
->begin_entry
!= NULL
24477 || (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0 && !curr
->force
))
24481 = add_addr_table_entry (xstrdup (curr
->begin
),
24486 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, index_location_lists (c
));
24489 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24490 children and share them whenever possible. */
24493 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
24495 loc_list_hash_type
htab (500);
24496 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, &htab
);
24499 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
24500 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
24503 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
24505 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
24506 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
24508 dw_die_ref main_comp_unit_die
;
24510 /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
24511 header compilation, so always fill it with empty string initially
24512 and overwrite only here. */
24513 dw_attr_ref producer
= get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer
);
24514 producer_string
= gen_producer_string ();
24515 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
24516 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= find_AT_string (producer_string
);
24518 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
24519 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
24521 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
24522 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
24523 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
24524 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) || targetm
.force_at_comp_dir
)
24525 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24526 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
24529 file_table
->traverse
<bool *, file_table_relative_p
> (&p
);
24531 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24534 if (deferred_locations_list
)
24535 for (i
= 0; i
< deferred_locations_list
->length (); i
++)
24537 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
24538 (*deferred_locations_list
)[i
].die
,
24539 (*deferred_locations_list
)[i
].variable
,
24544 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
24545 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
24546 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
24547 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
24549 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
24551 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
24552 next_node
= node
->next
;
24554 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
24556 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
24558 if (origin
&& origin
->die_parent
)
24559 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
24560 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
24562 else if (seen_error ())
24563 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
24564 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
24567 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
24568 nested function can be optimized away, which results
24569 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
24570 with the return type of that nested function. Force
24571 this to be a child of the containing function.
24573 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
24574 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
24575 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
24576 the function is likely unreachable too. */
24577 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
24579 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
24580 origin
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
));
24581 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
24582 origin
= scope_die_for (node
->created_for
, comp_unit_die ());
24584 origin
= comp_unit_die ();
24586 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
24591 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
24593 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
24595 dw_die_ref die
= comp_unit_die (), c
;
24596 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, gcc_assert (! c
->die_mark
));
24599 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
24600 move_marked_base_types ();
24602 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
24604 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
24605 /* When generating LTO bytecode we can not generate new assembler
24606 names at this point and all important decls got theirs via
24608 if (((!flag_generate_lto
&& !flag_generate_offload
)
24609 || DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
24610 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
24612 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
24613 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
24617 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
24619 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
24620 emit full debugging info for them. */
24621 retry_incomplete_types ();
24623 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
24624 prune_unused_types ();
24626 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
24627 if (use_debug_types
)
24629 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
24631 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
24632 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
24634 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
24636 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
24637 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
24638 references to the main compile unit). */
24639 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
24640 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
24641 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
24643 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
24644 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
24645 referenced. Prune them. */
24646 prune_unused_types ();
24649 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
24650 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
24651 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
24652 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
24654 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
24655 that have children. */
24656 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
24657 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
24658 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
24659 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
24660 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
24662 /* When splitting DWARF info, we put some attributes in the
24663 skeleton compile_unit DIE that remains in the .o, while
24664 most attributes go in the DWO compile_unit_die. */
24665 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
24666 main_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
24668 main_comp_unit_die
= comp_unit_die ();
24670 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
24671 switch_to_section (text_section
);
24672 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
24673 if (cold_text_section
)
24675 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
24676 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
24679 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
24681 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
24682 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
24684 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
24685 if (text_section_used
)
24686 add_AT_low_high_pc (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
24687 text_end_label
, true);
24693 bool range_list_added
= false;
24695 if (text_section_used
)
24696 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
24697 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
24698 if (cold_text_section_used
)
24699 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
24700 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
24702 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
24704 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
24706 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
24707 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
24708 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
24710 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
24711 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
24712 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, &range_list_added
,
24716 if (range_list_added
)
24718 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
24719 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
24720 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
24721 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
24722 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
24723 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
24724 if (! dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
24725 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
24731 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
24732 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
24733 debug_line_section_label
);
24736 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (),
24737 dwarf_strict
? DW_AT_macro_info
: DW_AT_GNU_macros
,
24738 macinfo_section_label
);
24740 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
24742 /* optimize_location_lists calculates the size of the lists,
24743 so index them first, and assign indices to the entries.
24744 Although optimize_location_lists will remove entries from
24745 the table, it only does so for duplicates, and therefore
24746 only reduces ref_counts to 1. */
24747 index_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24749 if (addr_index_table
!= NULL
)
24751 unsigned int index
= 0;
24753 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_addr_table_entry
>
24758 if (have_location_lists
)
24759 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24761 save_macinfo_strings ();
24763 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
24765 unsigned int index
= 0;
24767 /* Add attributes common to skeleton compile_units and
24768 type_units. Because these attributes include strings, it
24769 must be done before freezing the string table. Top-level
24770 skeleton die attrs are added when the skeleton type unit is
24771 created, so ensure it is created by this point. */
24772 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (main_comp_unit_die
);
24773 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_string
> (&index
);
24776 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
24777 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
24778 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
24779 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
24781 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
24782 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
24784 comdat_type_node
**slot
= comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
24786 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
24787 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
24790 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
24791 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
24793 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
24794 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
24795 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
24796 ? debug_line_section_label
24797 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
));
24799 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
24803 /* The AT_pubnames attribute needs to go in all skeleton dies, including
24804 both the main_cu and all skeleton TUs. Making this call unconditional
24805 would end up either adding a second copy of the AT_pubnames attribute, or
24806 requiring a special case in add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs. */
24807 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
24808 add_AT_pubnames (comp_unit_die ());
24810 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
24813 unsigned char checksum
[16];
24814 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
24816 /* Compute a checksum of the comp_unit to use as the dwo_id. */
24817 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
24819 die_checksum (comp_unit_die (), &ctx
, &mark
);
24820 unmark_all_dies (comp_unit_die ());
24821 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
24823 /* Use the first 8 bytes of the checksum as the dwo_id,
24824 and add it to both comp-unit DIEs. */
24825 add_AT_data8 (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
24826 add_AT_data8 (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
24828 /* Add the base offset of the ranges table to the skeleton
24830 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
24831 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_ranges_base
,
24832 ranges_section_label
);
24834 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section
);
24835 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_addr_section_label
);
24836 output_addr_table ();
24839 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
24840 or .debug_macro will be emitted. */
24841 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), have_macinfo
);
24843 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
24844 output_skeleton_debug_sections (main_comp_unit_die
);
24846 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
24847 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
!= 1)
24849 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
24850 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
24851 output_abbrev_section ();
24854 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
24855 if (have_location_lists
)
24857 /* Output the location lists info. */
24858 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
24859 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
24860 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24863 output_pubtables ();
24865 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
24866 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
24867 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
24868 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
24869 generate a table that would have contained data. */
24870 if (info_section_emitted
)
24872 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
24874 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
24875 output_aranges (aranges_length
);
24878 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
24879 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
24881 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
24882 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
24886 /* Have to end the macro section. */
24889 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
24890 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
24892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
24895 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
24896 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
24897 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
24898 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
24899 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
24900 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
24901 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
24902 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
24903 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
24904 output_line_info (false);
24906 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
24908 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_line_section
);
24909 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_line_section_label
);
24910 output_line_info (true);
24913 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
24914 if (debug_str_hash
|| skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
24915 output_indirect_strings ();
24918 /* Reset all state within dwarf2out.c so that we can rerun the compiler
24919 within the same process. For use by toplev::finalize. */
24922 dwarf2out_c_finalize (void)
24924 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
24925 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
24926 used_rtx_array
= NULL
;
24927 incomplete_types
= NULL
;
24928 decl_scope_table
= NULL
;
24929 debug_info_section
= NULL
;
24930 debug_skeleton_info_section
= NULL
;
24931 debug_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
24932 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
24933 debug_aranges_section
= NULL
;
24934 debug_addr_section
= NULL
;
24935 debug_macinfo_section
= NULL
;
24936 debug_line_section
= NULL
;
24937 debug_skeleton_line_section
= NULL
;
24938 debug_loc_section
= NULL
;
24939 debug_pubnames_section
= NULL
;
24940 debug_pubtypes_section
= NULL
;
24941 debug_str_section
= NULL
;
24942 debug_str_dwo_section
= NULL
;
24943 debug_str_offsets_section
= NULL
;
24944 debug_ranges_section
= NULL
;
24945 debug_frame_section
= NULL
;
24947 debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
24948 skeleton_debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
24949 dw2_string_counter
= 0;
24950 have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
24951 text_section_used
= false;
24952 cold_text_section_used
= false;
24953 cold_text_section
= NULL
;
24954 current_unit_personality
= NULL
;
24956 deferred_locations_list
= NULL
;
24958 next_die_offset
= 0;
24959 single_comp_unit_die
= NULL
;
24960 comdat_type_list
= NULL
;
24961 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
24962 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
24964 decl_die_table
= NULL
;
24965 common_block_die_table
= NULL
;
24966 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
24967 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
24968 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
24969 call_site_count
= -1;
24970 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
24971 //block_map = NULL;
24972 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
24973 abbrev_die_table
= NULL
;
24974 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= 0;
24975 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 0;
24976 line_info_label_num
= 0;
24977 cur_line_info_table
= NULL
;
24978 text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
24979 cold_text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
24980 separate_line_info
= NULL
;
24981 info_section_emitted
= false;
24982 pubname_table
= NULL
;
24983 pubtype_table
= NULL
;
24984 macinfo_table
= NULL
;
24985 ranges_table
= NULL
;
24986 ranges_table_allocated
= 0;
24987 ranges_table_in_use
= 0;
24988 ranges_by_label
= 0;
24989 ranges_by_label_allocated
= 0;
24990 ranges_by_label_in_use
= 0;
24991 have_location_lists
= false;
24994 last_emitted_file
= NULL
;
24996 file_table_last_lookup
= NULL
;
24997 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
= NULL
;
24998 generic_type_instances
= NULL
;
24999 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= 0;
25000 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
= false;
25001 base_types
.release ();
25002 XDELETEVEC (producer_string
);
25003 producer_string
= NULL
;
25006 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"